mirror of
https://github.com/AuxXxilium/linux_dsm_epyc7002.git
synced 2024-12-21 21:29:49 +07:00
2b4a669802
Currently there is no way for the driver to signal to mac80211 that it should
schedule a TXQ even if there are no packets on the mac80211 part of that queue.
This is problematic if the driver has an internal retry queue to deal with
software A-MPDU retry.
This patch changes the behavior of ieee80211_schedule_txq to always schedule
the queue, as its only user (ath9k) seems to expect such behavior already:
it calls this function on tx status and on powersave wakeup whenever its
internal retry queue is not empty.
Also add an extra argument to ieee80211_return_txq to get the same behavior.
This fixes an issue on ath9k where tx queues with packets to retry (and no
new packets in mac80211) would not get serviced.
Fixes: 89cea7493a ("ath9k: Switch to mac80211 TXQ scheduling and airtime APIs")
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Acked-by: Toke Høiland-Jørgensen <toke@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
6368 lines
249 KiB
C
6368 lines
249 KiB
C
/*
|
|
* mac80211 <-> driver interface
|
|
*
|
|
* Copyright 2002-2005, Devicescape Software, Inc.
|
|
* Copyright 2006-2007 Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz>
|
|
* Copyright 2007-2010 Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
|
|
* Copyright 2013-2014 Intel Mobile Communications GmbH
|
|
* Copyright (C) 2015 - 2017 Intel Deutschland GmbH
|
|
* Copyright (C) 2018 - 2019 Intel Corporation
|
|
*
|
|
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
|
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 as
|
|
* published by the Free Software Foundation.
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
#ifndef MAC80211_H
|
|
#define MAC80211_H
|
|
|
|
#include <linux/bug.h>
|
|
#include <linux/kernel.h>
|
|
#include <linux/if_ether.h>
|
|
#include <linux/skbuff.h>
|
|
#include <linux/ieee80211.h>
|
|
#include <net/cfg80211.h>
|
|
#include <net/codel.h>
|
|
#include <net/ieee80211_radiotap.h>
|
|
#include <asm/unaligned.h>
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* DOC: Introduction
|
|
*
|
|
* mac80211 is the Linux stack for 802.11 hardware that implements
|
|
* only partial functionality in hard- or firmware. This document
|
|
* defines the interface between mac80211 and low-level hardware
|
|
* drivers.
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* DOC: Calling mac80211 from interrupts
|
|
*
|
|
* Only ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe() and ieee80211_rx_irqsafe() can be
|
|
* called in hardware interrupt context. The low-level driver must not call any
|
|
* other functions in hardware interrupt context. If there is a need for such
|
|
* call, the low-level driver should first ACK the interrupt and perform the
|
|
* IEEE 802.11 code call after this, e.g. from a scheduled workqueue or even
|
|
* tasklet function.
|
|
*
|
|
* NOTE: If the driver opts to use the _irqsafe() functions, it may not also
|
|
* use the non-IRQ-safe functions!
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* DOC: Warning
|
|
*
|
|
* If you're reading this document and not the header file itself, it will
|
|
* be incomplete because not all documentation has been converted yet.
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* DOC: Frame format
|
|
*
|
|
* As a general rule, when frames are passed between mac80211 and the driver,
|
|
* they start with the IEEE 802.11 header and include the same octets that are
|
|
* sent over the air except for the FCS which should be calculated by the
|
|
* hardware.
|
|
*
|
|
* There are, however, various exceptions to this rule for advanced features:
|
|
*
|
|
* The first exception is for hardware encryption and decryption offload
|
|
* where the IV/ICV may or may not be generated in hardware.
|
|
*
|
|
* Secondly, when the hardware handles fragmentation, the frame handed to
|
|
* the driver from mac80211 is the MSDU, not the MPDU.
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* DOC: mac80211 workqueue
|
|
*
|
|
* mac80211 provides its own workqueue for drivers and internal mac80211 use.
|
|
* The workqueue is a single threaded workqueue and can only be accessed by
|
|
* helpers for sanity checking. Drivers must ensure all work added onto the
|
|
* mac80211 workqueue should be cancelled on the driver stop() callback.
|
|
*
|
|
* mac80211 will flushed the workqueue upon interface removal and during
|
|
* suspend.
|
|
*
|
|
* All work performed on the mac80211 workqueue must not acquire the RTNL lock.
|
|
*
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* DOC: mac80211 software tx queueing
|
|
*
|
|
* mac80211 provides an optional intermediate queueing implementation designed
|
|
* to allow the driver to keep hardware queues short and provide some fairness
|
|
* between different stations/interfaces.
|
|
* In this model, the driver pulls data frames from the mac80211 queue instead
|
|
* of letting mac80211 push them via drv_tx().
|
|
* Other frames (e.g. control or management) are still pushed using drv_tx().
|
|
*
|
|
* Drivers indicate that they use this model by implementing the .wake_tx_queue
|
|
* driver operation.
|
|
*
|
|
* Intermediate queues (struct ieee80211_txq) are kept per-sta per-tid, with
|
|
* another per-sta for non-data/non-mgmt and bufferable management frames, and
|
|
* a single per-vif queue for multicast data frames.
|
|
*
|
|
* The driver is expected to initialize its private per-queue data for stations
|
|
* and interfaces in the .add_interface and .sta_add ops.
|
|
*
|
|
* The driver can't access the queue directly. To dequeue a frame from a
|
|
* txq, it calls ieee80211_tx_dequeue(). Whenever mac80211 adds a new frame to a
|
|
* queue, it calls the .wake_tx_queue driver op.
|
|
*
|
|
* Drivers can optionally delegate responsibility for scheduling queues to
|
|
* mac80211, to take advantage of airtime fairness accounting. In this case, to
|
|
* obtain the next queue to pull frames from, the driver calls
|
|
* ieee80211_next_txq(). The driver is then expected to return the txq using
|
|
* ieee80211_return_txq().
|
|
*
|
|
* For AP powersave TIM handling, the driver only needs to indicate if it has
|
|
* buffered packets in the driver specific data structures by calling
|
|
* ieee80211_sta_set_buffered(). For frames buffered in the ieee80211_txq
|
|
* struct, mac80211 sets the appropriate TIM PVB bits and calls
|
|
* .release_buffered_frames().
|
|
* In that callback the driver is therefore expected to release its own
|
|
* buffered frames and afterwards also frames from the ieee80211_txq (obtained
|
|
* via the usual ieee80211_tx_dequeue).
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
struct device;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* enum ieee80211_max_queues - maximum number of queues
|
|
*
|
|
* @IEEE80211_MAX_QUEUES: Maximum number of regular device queues.
|
|
* @IEEE80211_MAX_QUEUE_MAP: bitmap with maximum queues set
|
|
*/
|
|
enum ieee80211_max_queues {
|
|
IEEE80211_MAX_QUEUES = 16,
|
|
IEEE80211_MAX_QUEUE_MAP = BIT(IEEE80211_MAX_QUEUES) - 1,
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
#define IEEE80211_INVAL_HW_QUEUE 0xff
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* enum ieee80211_ac_numbers - AC numbers as used in mac80211
|
|
* @IEEE80211_AC_VO: voice
|
|
* @IEEE80211_AC_VI: video
|
|
* @IEEE80211_AC_BE: best effort
|
|
* @IEEE80211_AC_BK: background
|
|
*/
|
|
enum ieee80211_ac_numbers {
|
|
IEEE80211_AC_VO = 0,
|
|
IEEE80211_AC_VI = 1,
|
|
IEEE80211_AC_BE = 2,
|
|
IEEE80211_AC_BK = 3,
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* struct ieee80211_tx_queue_params - transmit queue configuration
|
|
*
|
|
* The information provided in this structure is required for QoS
|
|
* transmit queue configuration. Cf. IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.29.
|
|
*
|
|
* @aifs: arbitration interframe space [0..255]
|
|
* @cw_min: minimum contention window [a value of the form
|
|
* 2^n-1 in the range 1..32767]
|
|
* @cw_max: maximum contention window [like @cw_min]
|
|
* @txop: maximum burst time in units of 32 usecs, 0 meaning disabled
|
|
* @acm: is mandatory admission control required for the access category
|
|
* @uapsd: is U-APSD mode enabled for the queue
|
|
* @mu_edca: is the MU EDCA configured
|
|
* @mu_edca_param_rec: MU EDCA Parameter Record for HE
|
|
*/
|
|
struct ieee80211_tx_queue_params {
|
|
u16 txop;
|
|
u16 cw_min;
|
|
u16 cw_max;
|
|
u8 aifs;
|
|
bool acm;
|
|
bool uapsd;
|
|
bool mu_edca;
|
|
struct ieee80211_he_mu_edca_param_ac_rec mu_edca_param_rec;
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
struct ieee80211_low_level_stats {
|
|
unsigned int dot11ACKFailureCount;
|
|
unsigned int dot11RTSFailureCount;
|
|
unsigned int dot11FCSErrorCount;
|
|
unsigned int dot11RTSSuccessCount;
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* enum ieee80211_chanctx_change - change flag for channel context
|
|
* @IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_WIDTH: The channel width changed
|
|
* @IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_RX_CHAINS: The number of RX chains changed
|
|
* @IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_RADAR: radar detection flag changed
|
|
* @IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_CHANNEL: switched to another operating channel,
|
|
* this is used only with channel switching with CSA
|
|
* @IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_MIN_WIDTH: The min required channel width changed
|
|
*/
|
|
enum ieee80211_chanctx_change {
|
|
IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_WIDTH = BIT(0),
|
|
IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_RX_CHAINS = BIT(1),
|
|
IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_RADAR = BIT(2),
|
|
IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_CHANNEL = BIT(3),
|
|
IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_MIN_WIDTH = BIT(4),
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf - channel context that vifs may be tuned to
|
|
*
|
|
* This is the driver-visible part. The ieee80211_chanctx
|
|
* that contains it is visible in mac80211 only.
|
|
*
|
|
* @def: the channel definition
|
|
* @min_def: the minimum channel definition currently required.
|
|
* @rx_chains_static: The number of RX chains that must always be
|
|
* active on the channel to receive MIMO transmissions
|
|
* @rx_chains_dynamic: The number of RX chains that must be enabled
|
|
* after RTS/CTS handshake to receive SMPS MIMO transmissions;
|
|
* this will always be >= @rx_chains_static.
|
|
* @radar_enabled: whether radar detection is enabled on this channel.
|
|
* @drv_priv: data area for driver use, will always be aligned to
|
|
* sizeof(void *), size is determined in hw information.
|
|
*/
|
|
struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf {
|
|
struct cfg80211_chan_def def;
|
|
struct cfg80211_chan_def min_def;
|
|
|
|
u8 rx_chains_static, rx_chains_dynamic;
|
|
|
|
bool radar_enabled;
|
|
|
|
u8 drv_priv[0] __aligned(sizeof(void *));
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* enum ieee80211_chanctx_switch_mode - channel context switch mode
|
|
* @CHANCTX_SWMODE_REASSIGN_VIF: Both old and new contexts already
|
|
* exist (and will continue to exist), but the virtual interface
|
|
* needs to be switched from one to the other.
|
|
* @CHANCTX_SWMODE_SWAP_CONTEXTS: The old context exists but will stop
|
|
* to exist with this call, the new context doesn't exist but
|
|
* will be active after this call, the virtual interface switches
|
|
* from the old to the new (note that the driver may of course
|
|
* implement this as an on-the-fly chandef switch of the existing
|
|
* hardware context, but the mac80211 pointer for the old context
|
|
* will cease to exist and only the new one will later be used
|
|
* for changes/removal.)
|
|
*/
|
|
enum ieee80211_chanctx_switch_mode {
|
|
CHANCTX_SWMODE_REASSIGN_VIF,
|
|
CHANCTX_SWMODE_SWAP_CONTEXTS,
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* struct ieee80211_vif_chanctx_switch - vif chanctx switch information
|
|
*
|
|
* This is structure is used to pass information about a vif that
|
|
* needs to switch from one chanctx to another. The
|
|
* &ieee80211_chanctx_switch_mode defines how the switch should be
|
|
* done.
|
|
*
|
|
* @vif: the vif that should be switched from old_ctx to new_ctx
|
|
* @old_ctx: the old context to which the vif was assigned
|
|
* @new_ctx: the new context to which the vif must be assigned
|
|
*/
|
|
struct ieee80211_vif_chanctx_switch {
|
|
struct ieee80211_vif *vif;
|
|
struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *old_ctx;
|
|
struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *new_ctx;
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* enum ieee80211_bss_change - BSS change notification flags
|
|
*
|
|
* These flags are used with the bss_info_changed() callback
|
|
* to indicate which BSS parameter changed.
|
|
*
|
|
* @BSS_CHANGED_ASSOC: association status changed (associated/disassociated),
|
|
* also implies a change in the AID.
|
|
* @BSS_CHANGED_ERP_CTS_PROT: CTS protection changed
|
|
* @BSS_CHANGED_ERP_PREAMBLE: preamble changed
|
|
* @BSS_CHANGED_ERP_SLOT: slot timing changed
|
|
* @BSS_CHANGED_HT: 802.11n parameters changed
|
|
* @BSS_CHANGED_BASIC_RATES: Basic rateset changed
|
|
* @BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_INT: Beacon interval changed
|
|
* @BSS_CHANGED_BSSID: BSSID changed, for whatever
|
|
* reason (IBSS and managed mode)
|
|
* @BSS_CHANGED_BEACON: Beacon data changed, retrieve
|
|
* new beacon (beaconing modes)
|
|
* @BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_ENABLED: Beaconing should be
|
|
* enabled/disabled (beaconing modes)
|
|
* @BSS_CHANGED_CQM: Connection quality monitor config changed
|
|
* @BSS_CHANGED_IBSS: IBSS join status changed
|
|
* @BSS_CHANGED_ARP_FILTER: Hardware ARP filter address list or state changed.
|
|
* @BSS_CHANGED_QOS: QoS for this association was enabled/disabled. Note
|
|
* that it is only ever disabled for station mode.
|
|
* @BSS_CHANGED_IDLE: Idle changed for this BSS/interface.
|
|
* @BSS_CHANGED_SSID: SSID changed for this BSS (AP and IBSS mode)
|
|
* @BSS_CHANGED_AP_PROBE_RESP: Probe Response changed for this BSS (AP mode)
|
|
* @BSS_CHANGED_PS: PS changed for this BSS (STA mode)
|
|
* @BSS_CHANGED_TXPOWER: TX power setting changed for this interface
|
|
* @BSS_CHANGED_P2P_PS: P2P powersave settings (CTWindow, opportunistic PS)
|
|
* changed
|
|
* @BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_INFO: Data from the AP's beacon became available:
|
|
* currently dtim_period only is under consideration.
|
|
* @BSS_CHANGED_BANDWIDTH: The bandwidth used by this interface changed,
|
|
* note that this is only called when it changes after the channel
|
|
* context had been assigned.
|
|
* @BSS_CHANGED_OCB: OCB join status changed
|
|
* @BSS_CHANGED_MU_GROUPS: VHT MU-MIMO group id or user position changed
|
|
* @BSS_CHANGED_KEEP_ALIVE: keep alive options (idle period or protected
|
|
* keep alive) changed.
|
|
* @BSS_CHANGED_MCAST_RATE: Multicast Rate setting changed for this interface
|
|
* @BSS_CHANGED_FTM_RESPONDER: fime timing reasurement request responder
|
|
* functionality changed for this BSS (AP mode).
|
|
*
|
|
*/
|
|
enum ieee80211_bss_change {
|
|
BSS_CHANGED_ASSOC = 1<<0,
|
|
BSS_CHANGED_ERP_CTS_PROT = 1<<1,
|
|
BSS_CHANGED_ERP_PREAMBLE = 1<<2,
|
|
BSS_CHANGED_ERP_SLOT = 1<<3,
|
|
BSS_CHANGED_HT = 1<<4,
|
|
BSS_CHANGED_BASIC_RATES = 1<<5,
|
|
BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_INT = 1<<6,
|
|
BSS_CHANGED_BSSID = 1<<7,
|
|
BSS_CHANGED_BEACON = 1<<8,
|
|
BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_ENABLED = 1<<9,
|
|
BSS_CHANGED_CQM = 1<<10,
|
|
BSS_CHANGED_IBSS = 1<<11,
|
|
BSS_CHANGED_ARP_FILTER = 1<<12,
|
|
BSS_CHANGED_QOS = 1<<13,
|
|
BSS_CHANGED_IDLE = 1<<14,
|
|
BSS_CHANGED_SSID = 1<<15,
|
|
BSS_CHANGED_AP_PROBE_RESP = 1<<16,
|
|
BSS_CHANGED_PS = 1<<17,
|
|
BSS_CHANGED_TXPOWER = 1<<18,
|
|
BSS_CHANGED_P2P_PS = 1<<19,
|
|
BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_INFO = 1<<20,
|
|
BSS_CHANGED_BANDWIDTH = 1<<21,
|
|
BSS_CHANGED_OCB = 1<<22,
|
|
BSS_CHANGED_MU_GROUPS = 1<<23,
|
|
BSS_CHANGED_KEEP_ALIVE = 1<<24,
|
|
BSS_CHANGED_MCAST_RATE = 1<<25,
|
|
BSS_CHANGED_FTM_RESPONDER = 1<<26,
|
|
|
|
/* when adding here, make sure to change ieee80211_reconfig */
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* The maximum number of IPv4 addresses listed for ARP filtering. If the number
|
|
* of addresses for an interface increase beyond this value, hardware ARP
|
|
* filtering will be disabled.
|
|
*/
|
|
#define IEEE80211_BSS_ARP_ADDR_LIST_LEN 4
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* enum ieee80211_event_type - event to be notified to the low level driver
|
|
* @RSSI_EVENT: AP's rssi crossed the a threshold set by the driver.
|
|
* @MLME_EVENT: event related to MLME
|
|
* @BAR_RX_EVENT: a BAR was received
|
|
* @BA_FRAME_TIMEOUT: Frames were released from the reordering buffer because
|
|
* they timed out. This won't be called for each frame released, but only
|
|
* once each time the timeout triggers.
|
|
*/
|
|
enum ieee80211_event_type {
|
|
RSSI_EVENT,
|
|
MLME_EVENT,
|
|
BAR_RX_EVENT,
|
|
BA_FRAME_TIMEOUT,
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* enum ieee80211_rssi_event_data - relevant when event type is %RSSI_EVENT
|
|
* @RSSI_EVENT_HIGH: AP's rssi went below the threshold set by the driver.
|
|
* @RSSI_EVENT_LOW: AP's rssi went above the threshold set by the driver.
|
|
*/
|
|
enum ieee80211_rssi_event_data {
|
|
RSSI_EVENT_HIGH,
|
|
RSSI_EVENT_LOW,
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* struct ieee80211_rssi_event - data attached to an %RSSI_EVENT
|
|
* @data: See &enum ieee80211_rssi_event_data
|
|
*/
|
|
struct ieee80211_rssi_event {
|
|
enum ieee80211_rssi_event_data data;
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* enum ieee80211_mlme_event_data - relevant when event type is %MLME_EVENT
|
|
* @AUTH_EVENT: the MLME operation is authentication
|
|
* @ASSOC_EVENT: the MLME operation is association
|
|
* @DEAUTH_RX_EVENT: deauth received..
|
|
* @DEAUTH_TX_EVENT: deauth sent.
|
|
*/
|
|
enum ieee80211_mlme_event_data {
|
|
AUTH_EVENT,
|
|
ASSOC_EVENT,
|
|
DEAUTH_RX_EVENT,
|
|
DEAUTH_TX_EVENT,
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* enum ieee80211_mlme_event_status - relevant when event type is %MLME_EVENT
|
|
* @MLME_SUCCESS: the MLME operation completed successfully.
|
|
* @MLME_DENIED: the MLME operation was denied by the peer.
|
|
* @MLME_TIMEOUT: the MLME operation timed out.
|
|
*/
|
|
enum ieee80211_mlme_event_status {
|
|
MLME_SUCCESS,
|
|
MLME_DENIED,
|
|
MLME_TIMEOUT,
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* struct ieee80211_mlme_event - data attached to an %MLME_EVENT
|
|
* @data: See &enum ieee80211_mlme_event_data
|
|
* @status: See &enum ieee80211_mlme_event_status
|
|
* @reason: the reason code if applicable
|
|
*/
|
|
struct ieee80211_mlme_event {
|
|
enum ieee80211_mlme_event_data data;
|
|
enum ieee80211_mlme_event_status status;
|
|
u16 reason;
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* struct ieee80211_ba_event - data attached for BlockAck related events
|
|
* @sta: pointer to the &ieee80211_sta to which this event relates
|
|
* @tid: the tid
|
|
* @ssn: the starting sequence number (for %BAR_RX_EVENT)
|
|
*/
|
|
struct ieee80211_ba_event {
|
|
struct ieee80211_sta *sta;
|
|
u16 tid;
|
|
u16 ssn;
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* struct ieee80211_event - event to be sent to the driver
|
|
* @type: The event itself. See &enum ieee80211_event_type.
|
|
* @rssi: relevant if &type is %RSSI_EVENT
|
|
* @mlme: relevant if &type is %AUTH_EVENT
|
|
* @ba: relevant if &type is %BAR_RX_EVENT or %BA_FRAME_TIMEOUT
|
|
* @u:union holding the fields above
|
|
*/
|
|
struct ieee80211_event {
|
|
enum ieee80211_event_type type;
|
|
union {
|
|
struct ieee80211_rssi_event rssi;
|
|
struct ieee80211_mlme_event mlme;
|
|
struct ieee80211_ba_event ba;
|
|
} u;
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* struct ieee80211_mu_group_data - STA's VHT MU-MIMO group data
|
|
*
|
|
* This structure describes the group id data of VHT MU-MIMO
|
|
*
|
|
* @membership: 64 bits array - a bit is set if station is member of the group
|
|
* @position: 2 bits per group id indicating the position in the group
|
|
*/
|
|
struct ieee80211_mu_group_data {
|
|
u8 membership[WLAN_MEMBERSHIP_LEN];
|
|
u8 position[WLAN_USER_POSITION_LEN];
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* struct ieee80211_ftm_responder_params - FTM responder parameters
|
|
*
|
|
* @lci: LCI subelement content
|
|
* @civicloc: CIVIC location subelement content
|
|
* @lci_len: LCI data length
|
|
* @civicloc_len: Civic data length
|
|
*/
|
|
struct ieee80211_ftm_responder_params {
|
|
const u8 *lci;
|
|
const u8 *civicloc;
|
|
size_t lci_len;
|
|
size_t civicloc_len;
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* struct ieee80211_bss_conf - holds the BSS's changing parameters
|
|
*
|
|
* This structure keeps information about a BSS (and an association
|
|
* to that BSS) that can change during the lifetime of the BSS.
|
|
*
|
|
* @bss_color: 6-bit value to mark inter-BSS frame, if BSS supports HE
|
|
* @htc_trig_based_pkt_ext: default PE in 4us units, if BSS supports HE
|
|
* @multi_sta_back_32bit: supports BA bitmap of 32-bits in Multi-STA BACK
|
|
* @uora_exists: is the UORA element advertised by AP
|
|
* @ack_enabled: indicates support to receive a multi-TID that solicits either
|
|
* ACK, BACK or both
|
|
* @uora_ocw_range: UORA element's OCW Range field
|
|
* @frame_time_rts_th: HE duration RTS threshold, in units of 32us
|
|
* @he_support: does this BSS support HE
|
|
* @twt_requester: does this BSS support TWT requester (relevant for managed
|
|
* mode only, set if the AP advertises TWT responder role)
|
|
* @assoc: association status
|
|
* @ibss_joined: indicates whether this station is part of an IBSS
|
|
* or not
|
|
* @ibss_creator: indicates if a new IBSS network is being created
|
|
* @aid: association ID number, valid only when @assoc is true
|
|
* @use_cts_prot: use CTS protection
|
|
* @use_short_preamble: use 802.11b short preamble
|
|
* @use_short_slot: use short slot time (only relevant for ERP)
|
|
* @dtim_period: num of beacons before the next DTIM, for beaconing,
|
|
* valid in station mode only if after the driver was notified
|
|
* with the %BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_INFO flag, will be non-zero then.
|
|
* @sync_tsf: last beacon's/probe response's TSF timestamp (could be old
|
|
* as it may have been received during scanning long ago). If the
|
|
* HW flag %IEEE80211_HW_TIMING_BEACON_ONLY is set, then this can
|
|
* only come from a beacon, but might not become valid until after
|
|
* association when a beacon is received (which is notified with the
|
|
* %BSS_CHANGED_DTIM flag.). See also sync_dtim_count important notice.
|
|
* @sync_device_ts: the device timestamp corresponding to the sync_tsf,
|
|
* the driver/device can use this to calculate synchronisation
|
|
* (see @sync_tsf). See also sync_dtim_count important notice.
|
|
* @sync_dtim_count: Only valid when %IEEE80211_HW_TIMING_BEACON_ONLY
|
|
* is requested, see @sync_tsf/@sync_device_ts.
|
|
* IMPORTANT: These three sync_* parameters would possibly be out of sync
|
|
* by the time the driver will use them. The synchronized view is currently
|
|
* guaranteed only in certain callbacks.
|
|
* @beacon_int: beacon interval
|
|
* @assoc_capability: capabilities taken from assoc resp
|
|
* @basic_rates: bitmap of basic rates, each bit stands for an
|
|
* index into the rate table configured by the driver in
|
|
* the current band.
|
|
* @beacon_rate: associated AP's beacon TX rate
|
|
* @mcast_rate: per-band multicast rate index + 1 (0: disabled)
|
|
* @bssid: The BSSID for this BSS
|
|
* @enable_beacon: whether beaconing should be enabled or not
|
|
* @chandef: Channel definition for this BSS -- the hardware might be
|
|
* configured a higher bandwidth than this BSS uses, for example.
|
|
* @mu_group: VHT MU-MIMO group membership data
|
|
* @ht_operation_mode: HT operation mode like in &struct ieee80211_ht_operation.
|
|
* This field is only valid when the channel is a wide HT/VHT channel.
|
|
* Note that with TDLS this can be the case (channel is HT, protection must
|
|
* be used from this field) even when the BSS association isn't using HT.
|
|
* @cqm_rssi_thold: Connection quality monitor RSSI threshold, a zero value
|
|
* implies disabled. As with the cfg80211 callback, a change here should
|
|
* cause an event to be sent indicating where the current value is in
|
|
* relation to the newly configured threshold.
|
|
* @cqm_rssi_low: Connection quality monitor RSSI lower threshold, a zero value
|
|
* implies disabled. This is an alternative mechanism to the single
|
|
* threshold event and can't be enabled simultaneously with it.
|
|
* @cqm_rssi_high: Connection quality monitor RSSI upper threshold.
|
|
* @cqm_rssi_hyst: Connection quality monitor RSSI hysteresis
|
|
* @arp_addr_list: List of IPv4 addresses for hardware ARP filtering. The
|
|
* may filter ARP queries targeted for other addresses than listed here.
|
|
* The driver must allow ARP queries targeted for all address listed here
|
|
* to pass through. An empty list implies no ARP queries need to pass.
|
|
* @arp_addr_cnt: Number of addresses currently on the list. Note that this
|
|
* may be larger than %IEEE80211_BSS_ARP_ADDR_LIST_LEN (the arp_addr_list
|
|
* array size), it's up to the driver what to do in that case.
|
|
* @qos: This is a QoS-enabled BSS.
|
|
* @idle: This interface is idle. There's also a global idle flag in the
|
|
* hardware config which may be more appropriate depending on what
|
|
* your driver/device needs to do.
|
|
* @ps: power-save mode (STA only). This flag is NOT affected by
|
|
* offchannel/dynamic_ps operations.
|
|
* @ssid: The SSID of the current vif. Valid in AP and IBSS mode.
|
|
* @ssid_len: Length of SSID given in @ssid.
|
|
* @hidden_ssid: The SSID of the current vif is hidden. Only valid in AP-mode.
|
|
* @txpower: TX power in dBm
|
|
* @txpower_type: TX power adjustment used to control per packet Transmit
|
|
* Power Control (TPC) in lower driver for the current vif. In particular
|
|
* TPC is enabled if value passed in %txpower_type is
|
|
* NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED (allow using less than specified from
|
|
* userspace), whereas TPC is disabled if %txpower_type is set to
|
|
* NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED (use value configured from userspace)
|
|
* @p2p_noa_attr: P2P NoA attribute for P2P powersave
|
|
* @allow_p2p_go_ps: indication for AP or P2P GO interface, whether it's allowed
|
|
* to use P2P PS mechanism or not. AP/P2P GO is not allowed to use P2P PS
|
|
* if it has associated clients without P2P PS support.
|
|
* @max_idle_period: the time period during which the station can refrain from
|
|
* transmitting frames to its associated AP without being disassociated.
|
|
* In units of 1000 TUs. Zero value indicates that the AP did not include
|
|
* a (valid) BSS Max Idle Period Element.
|
|
* @protected_keep_alive: if set, indicates that the station should send an RSN
|
|
* protected frame to the AP to reset the idle timer at the AP for the
|
|
* station.
|
|
* @ftm_responder: whether to enable or disable fine timing measurement FTM
|
|
* responder functionality.
|
|
* @ftmr_params: configurable lci/civic parameter when enabling FTM responder.
|
|
* @nontransmitted: this BSS is a nontransmitted BSS profile
|
|
* @transmitter_bssid: the address of transmitter AP
|
|
* @bssid_index: index inside the multiple BSSID set
|
|
* @bssid_indicator: 2^bssid_indicator is the maximum number of APs in set
|
|
* @ema_ap: AP supports enhancements of discovery and advertisement of
|
|
* nontransmitted BSSIDs
|
|
* @profile_periodicity: the least number of beacon frames need to be received
|
|
* in order to discover all the nontransmitted BSSIDs in the set.
|
|
*/
|
|
struct ieee80211_bss_conf {
|
|
const u8 *bssid;
|
|
u8 bss_color;
|
|
u8 htc_trig_based_pkt_ext;
|
|
bool multi_sta_back_32bit;
|
|
bool uora_exists;
|
|
bool ack_enabled;
|
|
u8 uora_ocw_range;
|
|
u16 frame_time_rts_th;
|
|
bool he_support;
|
|
bool twt_requester;
|
|
/* association related data */
|
|
bool assoc, ibss_joined;
|
|
bool ibss_creator;
|
|
u16 aid;
|
|
/* erp related data */
|
|
bool use_cts_prot;
|
|
bool use_short_preamble;
|
|
bool use_short_slot;
|
|
bool enable_beacon;
|
|
u8 dtim_period;
|
|
u16 beacon_int;
|
|
u16 assoc_capability;
|
|
u64 sync_tsf;
|
|
u32 sync_device_ts;
|
|
u8 sync_dtim_count;
|
|
u32 basic_rates;
|
|
struct ieee80211_rate *beacon_rate;
|
|
int mcast_rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
|
|
u16 ht_operation_mode;
|
|
s32 cqm_rssi_thold;
|
|
u32 cqm_rssi_hyst;
|
|
s32 cqm_rssi_low;
|
|
s32 cqm_rssi_high;
|
|
struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
|
|
struct ieee80211_mu_group_data mu_group;
|
|
__be32 arp_addr_list[IEEE80211_BSS_ARP_ADDR_LIST_LEN];
|
|
int arp_addr_cnt;
|
|
bool qos;
|
|
bool idle;
|
|
bool ps;
|
|
u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN];
|
|
size_t ssid_len;
|
|
bool hidden_ssid;
|
|
int txpower;
|
|
enum nl80211_tx_power_setting txpower_type;
|
|
struct ieee80211_p2p_noa_attr p2p_noa_attr;
|
|
bool allow_p2p_go_ps;
|
|
u16 max_idle_period;
|
|
bool protected_keep_alive;
|
|
bool ftm_responder;
|
|
struct ieee80211_ftm_responder_params *ftmr_params;
|
|
/* Multiple BSSID data */
|
|
bool nontransmitted;
|
|
u8 transmitter_bssid[ETH_ALEN];
|
|
u8 bssid_index;
|
|
u8 bssid_indicator;
|
|
bool ema_ap;
|
|
u8 profile_periodicity;
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* enum mac80211_tx_info_flags - flags to describe transmission information/status
|
|
*
|
|
* These flags are used with the @flags member of &ieee80211_tx_info.
|
|
*
|
|
* @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_REQ_TX_STATUS: require TX status callback for this frame.
|
|
* @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_ASSIGN_SEQ: The driver has to assign a sequence
|
|
* number to this frame, taking care of not overwriting the fragment
|
|
* number and increasing the sequence number only when the
|
|
* IEEE80211_TX_CTL_FIRST_FRAGMENT flag is set. mac80211 will properly
|
|
* assign sequence numbers to QoS-data frames but cannot do so correctly
|
|
* for non-QoS-data and management frames because beacons need them from
|
|
* that counter as well and mac80211 cannot guarantee proper sequencing.
|
|
* If this flag is set, the driver should instruct the hardware to
|
|
* assign a sequence number to the frame or assign one itself. Cf. IEEE
|
|
* 802.11-2007 7.1.3.4.1 paragraph 3. This flag will always be set for
|
|
* beacons and always be clear for frames without a sequence number field.
|
|
* @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_ACK: tell the low level not to wait for an ack
|
|
* @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_CLEAR_PS_FILT: clear powersave filter for destination
|
|
* station
|
|
* @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_FIRST_FRAGMENT: this is a first fragment of the frame
|
|
* @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_SEND_AFTER_DTIM: send this frame after DTIM beacon
|
|
* @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_AMPDU: this frame should be sent as part of an A-MPDU
|
|
* @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_INJECTED: Frame was injected, internal to mac80211.
|
|
* @IEEE80211_TX_STAT_TX_FILTERED: The frame was not transmitted
|
|
* because the destination STA was in powersave mode. Note that to
|
|
* avoid race conditions, the filter must be set by the hardware or
|
|
* firmware upon receiving a frame that indicates that the station
|
|
* went to sleep (must be done on device to filter frames already on
|
|
* the queue) and may only be unset after mac80211 gives the OK for
|
|
* that by setting the IEEE80211_TX_CTL_CLEAR_PS_FILT (see above),
|
|
* since only then is it guaranteed that no more frames are in the
|
|
* hardware queue.
|
|
* @IEEE80211_TX_STAT_ACK: Frame was acknowledged
|
|
* @IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU: The frame was aggregated, so status
|
|
* is for the whole aggregation.
|
|
* @IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU_NO_BACK: no block ack was returned,
|
|
* so consider using block ack request (BAR).
|
|
* @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_RATE_CTRL_PROBE: internal to mac80211, can be
|
|
* set by rate control algorithms to indicate probe rate, will
|
|
* be cleared for fragmented frames (except on the last fragment)
|
|
* @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_OFFCHAN_TX_OK: Internal to mac80211. Used to indicate
|
|
* that a frame can be transmitted while the queues are stopped for
|
|
* off-channel operation.
|
|
* @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_NEED_TXPROCESSING: completely internal to mac80211,
|
|
* used to indicate that a pending frame requires TX processing before
|
|
* it can be sent out.
|
|
* @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_RETRIED: completely internal to mac80211,
|
|
* used to indicate that a frame was already retried due to PS
|
|
* @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_DONT_ENCRYPT: completely internal to mac80211,
|
|
* used to indicate frame should not be encrypted
|
|
* @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_PS_BUFFER: This frame is a response to a poll
|
|
* frame (PS-Poll or uAPSD) or a non-bufferable MMPDU and must
|
|
* be sent although the station is in powersave mode.
|
|
* @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_MORE_FRAMES: More frames will be passed to the
|
|
* transmit function after the current frame, this can be used
|
|
* by drivers to kick the DMA queue only if unset or when the
|
|
* queue gets full.
|
|
* @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_RETRANSMISSION: This frame is being retransmitted
|
|
* after TX status because the destination was asleep, it must not
|
|
* be modified again (no seqno assignment, crypto, etc.)
|
|
* @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_MLME_CONN_TX: This frame was transmitted by the MLME
|
|
* code for connection establishment, this indicates that its status
|
|
* should kick the MLME state machine.
|
|
* @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_NL80211_FRAME_TX: Frame was requested through nl80211
|
|
* MLME command (internal to mac80211 to figure out whether to send TX
|
|
* status to user space)
|
|
* @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_LDPC: tells the driver to use LDPC for this frame
|
|
* @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_STBC: Enables Space-Time Block Coding (STBC) for this
|
|
* frame and selects the maximum number of streams that it can use.
|
|
* @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_TX_OFFCHAN: Marks this packet to be transmitted on
|
|
* the off-channel channel when a remain-on-channel offload is done
|
|
* in hardware -- normal packets still flow and are expected to be
|
|
* handled properly by the device.
|
|
* @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_TKIP_MIC_FAILURE: Marks this packet to be used for TKIP
|
|
* testing. It will be sent out with incorrect Michael MIC key to allow
|
|
* TKIP countermeasures to be tested.
|
|
* @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_CCK_RATE: This frame will be sent at non CCK rate.
|
|
* This flag is actually used for management frame especially for P2P
|
|
* frames not being sent at CCK rate in 2GHz band.
|
|
* @IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP: This packet marks the end of service period,
|
|
* when its status is reported the service period ends. For frames in
|
|
* an SP that mac80211 transmits, it is already set; for driver frames
|
|
* the driver may set this flag. It is also used to do the same for
|
|
* PS-Poll responses.
|
|
* @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_USE_MINRATE: This frame will be sent at lowest rate.
|
|
* This flag is used to send nullfunc frame at minimum rate when
|
|
* the nullfunc is used for connection monitoring purpose.
|
|
* @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_DONTFRAG: Don't fragment this packet even if it
|
|
* would be fragmented by size (this is optional, only used for
|
|
* monitor injection).
|
|
* @IEEE80211_TX_STAT_NOACK_TRANSMITTED: A frame that was marked with
|
|
* IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_ACK has been successfully transmitted without
|
|
* any errors (like issues specific to the driver/HW).
|
|
* This flag must not be set for frames that don't request no-ack
|
|
* behaviour with IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_ACK.
|
|
*
|
|
* Note: If you have to add new flags to the enumeration, then don't
|
|
* forget to update %IEEE80211_TX_TEMPORARY_FLAGS when necessary.
|
|
*/
|
|
enum mac80211_tx_info_flags {
|
|
IEEE80211_TX_CTL_REQ_TX_STATUS = BIT(0),
|
|
IEEE80211_TX_CTL_ASSIGN_SEQ = BIT(1),
|
|
IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_ACK = BIT(2),
|
|
IEEE80211_TX_CTL_CLEAR_PS_FILT = BIT(3),
|
|
IEEE80211_TX_CTL_FIRST_FRAGMENT = BIT(4),
|
|
IEEE80211_TX_CTL_SEND_AFTER_DTIM = BIT(5),
|
|
IEEE80211_TX_CTL_AMPDU = BIT(6),
|
|
IEEE80211_TX_CTL_INJECTED = BIT(7),
|
|
IEEE80211_TX_STAT_TX_FILTERED = BIT(8),
|
|
IEEE80211_TX_STAT_ACK = BIT(9),
|
|
IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU = BIT(10),
|
|
IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU_NO_BACK = BIT(11),
|
|
IEEE80211_TX_CTL_RATE_CTRL_PROBE = BIT(12),
|
|
IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_OFFCHAN_TX_OK = BIT(13),
|
|
IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_NEED_TXPROCESSING = BIT(14),
|
|
IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_RETRIED = BIT(15),
|
|
IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_DONT_ENCRYPT = BIT(16),
|
|
IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_PS_BUFFER = BIT(17),
|
|
IEEE80211_TX_CTL_MORE_FRAMES = BIT(18),
|
|
IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_RETRANSMISSION = BIT(19),
|
|
IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_MLME_CONN_TX = BIT(20),
|
|
IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_NL80211_FRAME_TX = BIT(21),
|
|
IEEE80211_TX_CTL_LDPC = BIT(22),
|
|
IEEE80211_TX_CTL_STBC = BIT(23) | BIT(24),
|
|
IEEE80211_TX_CTL_TX_OFFCHAN = BIT(25),
|
|
IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_TKIP_MIC_FAILURE = BIT(26),
|
|
IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_CCK_RATE = BIT(27),
|
|
IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP = BIT(28),
|
|
IEEE80211_TX_CTL_USE_MINRATE = BIT(29),
|
|
IEEE80211_TX_CTL_DONTFRAG = BIT(30),
|
|
IEEE80211_TX_STAT_NOACK_TRANSMITTED = BIT(31),
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
#define IEEE80211_TX_CTL_STBC_SHIFT 23
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* enum mac80211_tx_control_flags - flags to describe transmit control
|
|
*
|
|
* @IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_PORT_CTRL_PROTO: this frame is a port control
|
|
* protocol frame (e.g. EAP)
|
|
* @IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_PS_RESPONSE: This frame is a response to a poll
|
|
* frame (PS-Poll or uAPSD).
|
|
* @IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_RATE_INJECT: This frame is injected with rate information
|
|
* @IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_AMSDU: This frame is an A-MSDU frame
|
|
* @IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_FAST_XMIT: This frame is going through the fast_xmit path
|
|
*
|
|
* These flags are used in tx_info->control.flags.
|
|
*/
|
|
enum mac80211_tx_control_flags {
|
|
IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_PORT_CTRL_PROTO = BIT(0),
|
|
IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_PS_RESPONSE = BIT(1),
|
|
IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_RATE_INJECT = BIT(2),
|
|
IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_AMSDU = BIT(3),
|
|
IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_FAST_XMIT = BIT(4),
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* This definition is used as a mask to clear all temporary flags, which are
|
|
* set by the tx handlers for each transmission attempt by the mac80211 stack.
|
|
*/
|
|
#define IEEE80211_TX_TEMPORARY_FLAGS (IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_ACK | \
|
|
IEEE80211_TX_CTL_CLEAR_PS_FILT | IEEE80211_TX_CTL_FIRST_FRAGMENT | \
|
|
IEEE80211_TX_CTL_SEND_AFTER_DTIM | IEEE80211_TX_CTL_AMPDU | \
|
|
IEEE80211_TX_STAT_TX_FILTERED | IEEE80211_TX_STAT_ACK | \
|
|
IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU | IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU_NO_BACK | \
|
|
IEEE80211_TX_CTL_RATE_CTRL_PROBE | IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_PS_BUFFER | \
|
|
IEEE80211_TX_CTL_MORE_FRAMES | IEEE80211_TX_CTL_LDPC | \
|
|
IEEE80211_TX_CTL_STBC | IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP)
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* enum mac80211_rate_control_flags - per-rate flags set by the
|
|
* Rate Control algorithm.
|
|
*
|
|
* These flags are set by the Rate control algorithm for each rate during tx,
|
|
* in the @flags member of struct ieee80211_tx_rate.
|
|
*
|
|
* @IEEE80211_TX_RC_USE_RTS_CTS: Use RTS/CTS exchange for this rate.
|
|
* @IEEE80211_TX_RC_USE_CTS_PROTECT: CTS-to-self protection is required.
|
|
* This is set if the current BSS requires ERP protection.
|
|
* @IEEE80211_TX_RC_USE_SHORT_PREAMBLE: Use short preamble.
|
|
* @IEEE80211_TX_RC_MCS: HT rate.
|
|
* @IEEE80211_TX_RC_VHT_MCS: VHT MCS rate, in this case the idx field is split
|
|
* into a higher 4 bits (Nss) and lower 4 bits (MCS number)
|
|
* @IEEE80211_TX_RC_GREEN_FIELD: Indicates whether this rate should be used in
|
|
* Greenfield mode.
|
|
* @IEEE80211_TX_RC_40_MHZ_WIDTH: Indicates if the Channel Width should be 40 MHz.
|
|
* @IEEE80211_TX_RC_80_MHZ_WIDTH: Indicates 80 MHz transmission
|
|
* @IEEE80211_TX_RC_160_MHZ_WIDTH: Indicates 160 MHz transmission
|
|
* (80+80 isn't supported yet)
|
|
* @IEEE80211_TX_RC_DUP_DATA: The frame should be transmitted on both of the
|
|
* adjacent 20 MHz channels, if the current channel type is
|
|
* NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS or NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS.
|
|
* @IEEE80211_TX_RC_SHORT_GI: Short Guard interval should be used for this rate.
|
|
*/
|
|
enum mac80211_rate_control_flags {
|
|
IEEE80211_TX_RC_USE_RTS_CTS = BIT(0),
|
|
IEEE80211_TX_RC_USE_CTS_PROTECT = BIT(1),
|
|
IEEE80211_TX_RC_USE_SHORT_PREAMBLE = BIT(2),
|
|
|
|
/* rate index is an HT/VHT MCS instead of an index */
|
|
IEEE80211_TX_RC_MCS = BIT(3),
|
|
IEEE80211_TX_RC_GREEN_FIELD = BIT(4),
|
|
IEEE80211_TX_RC_40_MHZ_WIDTH = BIT(5),
|
|
IEEE80211_TX_RC_DUP_DATA = BIT(6),
|
|
IEEE80211_TX_RC_SHORT_GI = BIT(7),
|
|
IEEE80211_TX_RC_VHT_MCS = BIT(8),
|
|
IEEE80211_TX_RC_80_MHZ_WIDTH = BIT(9),
|
|
IEEE80211_TX_RC_160_MHZ_WIDTH = BIT(10),
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* there are 40 bytes if you don't need the rateset to be kept */
|
|
#define IEEE80211_TX_INFO_DRIVER_DATA_SIZE 40
|
|
|
|
/* if you do need the rateset, then you have less space */
|
|
#define IEEE80211_TX_INFO_RATE_DRIVER_DATA_SIZE 24
|
|
|
|
/* maximum number of rate stages */
|
|
#define IEEE80211_TX_MAX_RATES 4
|
|
|
|
/* maximum number of rate table entries */
|
|
#define IEEE80211_TX_RATE_TABLE_SIZE 4
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* struct ieee80211_tx_rate - rate selection/status
|
|
*
|
|
* @idx: rate index to attempt to send with
|
|
* @flags: rate control flags (&enum mac80211_rate_control_flags)
|
|
* @count: number of tries in this rate before going to the next rate
|
|
*
|
|
* A value of -1 for @idx indicates an invalid rate and, if used
|
|
* in an array of retry rates, that no more rates should be tried.
|
|
*
|
|
* When used for transmit status reporting, the driver should
|
|
* always report the rate along with the flags it used.
|
|
*
|
|
* &struct ieee80211_tx_info contains an array of these structs
|
|
* in the control information, and it will be filled by the rate
|
|
* control algorithm according to what should be sent. For example,
|
|
* if this array contains, in the format { <idx>, <count> } the
|
|
* information::
|
|
*
|
|
* { 3, 2 }, { 2, 2 }, { 1, 4 }, { -1, 0 }, { -1, 0 }
|
|
*
|
|
* then this means that the frame should be transmitted
|
|
* up to twice at rate 3, up to twice at rate 2, and up to four
|
|
* times at rate 1 if it doesn't get acknowledged. Say it gets
|
|
* acknowledged by the peer after the fifth attempt, the status
|
|
* information should then contain::
|
|
*
|
|
* { 3, 2 }, { 2, 2 }, { 1, 1 }, { -1, 0 } ...
|
|
*
|
|
* since it was transmitted twice at rate 3, twice at rate 2
|
|
* and once at rate 1 after which we received an acknowledgement.
|
|
*/
|
|
struct ieee80211_tx_rate {
|
|
s8 idx;
|
|
u16 count:5,
|
|
flags:11;
|
|
} __packed;
|
|
|
|
#define IEEE80211_MAX_TX_RETRY 31
|
|
|
|
static inline void ieee80211_rate_set_vht(struct ieee80211_tx_rate *rate,
|
|
u8 mcs, u8 nss)
|
|
{
|
|
WARN_ON(mcs & ~0xF);
|
|
WARN_ON((nss - 1) & ~0x7);
|
|
rate->idx = ((nss - 1) << 4) | mcs;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static inline u8
|
|
ieee80211_rate_get_vht_mcs(const struct ieee80211_tx_rate *rate)
|
|
{
|
|
return rate->idx & 0xF;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static inline u8
|
|
ieee80211_rate_get_vht_nss(const struct ieee80211_tx_rate *rate)
|
|
{
|
|
return (rate->idx >> 4) + 1;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* struct ieee80211_tx_info - skb transmit information
|
|
*
|
|
* This structure is placed in skb->cb for three uses:
|
|
* (1) mac80211 TX control - mac80211 tells the driver what to do
|
|
* (2) driver internal use (if applicable)
|
|
* (3) TX status information - driver tells mac80211 what happened
|
|
*
|
|
* @flags: transmit info flags, defined above
|
|
* @band: the band to transmit on (use for checking for races)
|
|
* @hw_queue: HW queue to put the frame on, skb_get_queue_mapping() gives the AC
|
|
* @ack_frame_id: internal frame ID for TX status, used internally
|
|
* @control: union part for control data
|
|
* @control.rates: TX rates array to try
|
|
* @control.rts_cts_rate_idx: rate for RTS or CTS
|
|
* @control.use_rts: use RTS
|
|
* @control.use_cts_prot: use RTS/CTS
|
|
* @control.short_preamble: use short preamble (CCK only)
|
|
* @control.skip_table: skip externally configured rate table
|
|
* @control.jiffies: timestamp for expiry on powersave clients
|
|
* @control.vif: virtual interface (may be NULL)
|
|
* @control.hw_key: key to encrypt with (may be NULL)
|
|
* @control.flags: control flags, see &enum mac80211_tx_control_flags
|
|
* @control.enqueue_time: enqueue time (for iTXQs)
|
|
* @driver_rates: alias to @control.rates to reserve space
|
|
* @pad: padding
|
|
* @rate_driver_data: driver use area if driver needs @control.rates
|
|
* @status: union part for status data
|
|
* @status.rates: attempted rates
|
|
* @status.ack_signal: ACK signal
|
|
* @status.ampdu_ack_len: AMPDU ack length
|
|
* @status.ampdu_len: AMPDU length
|
|
* @status.antenna: (legacy, kept only for iwlegacy)
|
|
* @status.tx_time: airtime consumed for transmission
|
|
* @status.is_valid_ack_signal: ACK signal is valid
|
|
* @status.status_driver_data: driver use area
|
|
* @ack: union part for pure ACK data
|
|
* @ack.cookie: cookie for the ACK
|
|
* @driver_data: array of driver_data pointers
|
|
* @ampdu_ack_len: number of acked aggregated frames.
|
|
* relevant only if IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU was set.
|
|
* @ampdu_len: number of aggregated frames.
|
|
* relevant only if IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU was set.
|
|
* @ack_signal: signal strength of the ACK frame
|
|
*/
|
|
struct ieee80211_tx_info {
|
|
/* common information */
|
|
u32 flags;
|
|
u8 band;
|
|
|
|
u8 hw_queue;
|
|
|
|
u16 ack_frame_id;
|
|
|
|
union {
|
|
struct {
|
|
union {
|
|
/* rate control */
|
|
struct {
|
|
struct ieee80211_tx_rate rates[
|
|
IEEE80211_TX_MAX_RATES];
|
|
s8 rts_cts_rate_idx;
|
|
u8 use_rts:1;
|
|
u8 use_cts_prot:1;
|
|
u8 short_preamble:1;
|
|
u8 skip_table:1;
|
|
/* 2 bytes free */
|
|
};
|
|
/* only needed before rate control */
|
|
unsigned long jiffies;
|
|
};
|
|
/* NB: vif can be NULL for injected frames */
|
|
struct ieee80211_vif *vif;
|
|
struct ieee80211_key_conf *hw_key;
|
|
u32 flags;
|
|
codel_time_t enqueue_time;
|
|
} control;
|
|
struct {
|
|
u64 cookie;
|
|
} ack;
|
|
struct {
|
|
struct ieee80211_tx_rate rates[IEEE80211_TX_MAX_RATES];
|
|
s32 ack_signal;
|
|
u8 ampdu_ack_len;
|
|
u8 ampdu_len;
|
|
u8 antenna;
|
|
u16 tx_time;
|
|
bool is_valid_ack_signal;
|
|
void *status_driver_data[19 / sizeof(void *)];
|
|
} status;
|
|
struct {
|
|
struct ieee80211_tx_rate driver_rates[
|
|
IEEE80211_TX_MAX_RATES];
|
|
u8 pad[4];
|
|
|
|
void *rate_driver_data[
|
|
IEEE80211_TX_INFO_RATE_DRIVER_DATA_SIZE / sizeof(void *)];
|
|
};
|
|
void *driver_data[
|
|
IEEE80211_TX_INFO_DRIVER_DATA_SIZE / sizeof(void *)];
|
|
};
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* struct ieee80211_tx_status - extended tx staus info for rate control
|
|
*
|
|
* @sta: Station that the packet was transmitted for
|
|
* @info: Basic tx status information
|
|
* @skb: Packet skb (can be NULL if not provided by the driver)
|
|
*/
|
|
struct ieee80211_tx_status {
|
|
struct ieee80211_sta *sta;
|
|
struct ieee80211_tx_info *info;
|
|
struct sk_buff *skb;
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* struct ieee80211_scan_ies - descriptors for different blocks of IEs
|
|
*
|
|
* This structure is used to point to different blocks of IEs in HW scan
|
|
* and scheduled scan. These blocks contain the IEs passed by userspace
|
|
* and the ones generated by mac80211.
|
|
*
|
|
* @ies: pointers to band specific IEs.
|
|
* @len: lengths of band_specific IEs.
|
|
* @common_ies: IEs for all bands (especially vendor specific ones)
|
|
* @common_ie_len: length of the common_ies
|
|
*/
|
|
struct ieee80211_scan_ies {
|
|
const u8 *ies[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
|
|
size_t len[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
|
|
const u8 *common_ies;
|
|
size_t common_ie_len;
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
static inline struct ieee80211_tx_info *IEEE80211_SKB_CB(struct sk_buff *skb)
|
|
{
|
|
return (struct ieee80211_tx_info *)skb->cb;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static inline struct ieee80211_rx_status *IEEE80211_SKB_RXCB(struct sk_buff *skb)
|
|
{
|
|
return (struct ieee80211_rx_status *)skb->cb;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* ieee80211_tx_info_clear_status - clear TX status
|
|
*
|
|
* @info: The &struct ieee80211_tx_info to be cleared.
|
|
*
|
|
* When the driver passes an skb back to mac80211, it must report
|
|
* a number of things in TX status. This function clears everything
|
|
* in the TX status but the rate control information (it does clear
|
|
* the count since you need to fill that in anyway).
|
|
*
|
|
* NOTE: You can only use this function if you do NOT use
|
|
* info->driver_data! Use info->rate_driver_data
|
|
* instead if you need only the less space that allows.
|
|
*/
|
|
static inline void
|
|
ieee80211_tx_info_clear_status(struct ieee80211_tx_info *info)
|
|
{
|
|
int i;
|
|
|
|
BUILD_BUG_ON(offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, status.rates) !=
|
|
offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, control.rates));
|
|
BUILD_BUG_ON(offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, status.rates) !=
|
|
offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, driver_rates));
|
|
BUILD_BUG_ON(offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, status.rates) != 8);
|
|
/* clear the rate counts */
|
|
for (i = 0; i < IEEE80211_TX_MAX_RATES; i++)
|
|
info->status.rates[i].count = 0;
|
|
|
|
BUILD_BUG_ON(
|
|
offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, status.ack_signal) != 20);
|
|
memset(&info->status.ampdu_ack_len, 0,
|
|
sizeof(struct ieee80211_tx_info) -
|
|
offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, status.ampdu_ack_len));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* enum mac80211_rx_flags - receive flags
|
|
*
|
|
* These flags are used with the @flag member of &struct ieee80211_rx_status.
|
|
* @RX_FLAG_MMIC_ERROR: Michael MIC error was reported on this frame.
|
|
* Use together with %RX_FLAG_MMIC_STRIPPED.
|
|
* @RX_FLAG_DECRYPTED: This frame was decrypted in hardware.
|
|
* @RX_FLAG_MMIC_STRIPPED: the Michael MIC is stripped off this frame,
|
|
* verification has been done by the hardware.
|
|
* @RX_FLAG_IV_STRIPPED: The IV and ICV are stripped from this frame.
|
|
* If this flag is set, the stack cannot do any replay detection
|
|
* hence the driver or hardware will have to do that.
|
|
* @RX_FLAG_PN_VALIDATED: Currently only valid for CCMP/GCMP frames, this
|
|
* flag indicates that the PN was verified for replay protection.
|
|
* Note that this flag is also currently only supported when a frame
|
|
* is also decrypted (ie. @RX_FLAG_DECRYPTED must be set)
|
|
* @RX_FLAG_DUP_VALIDATED: The driver should set this flag if it did
|
|
* de-duplication by itself.
|
|
* @RX_FLAG_FAILED_FCS_CRC: Set this flag if the FCS check failed on
|
|
* the frame.
|
|
* @RX_FLAG_FAILED_PLCP_CRC: Set this flag if the PCLP check failed on
|
|
* the frame.
|
|
* @RX_FLAG_MACTIME_START: The timestamp passed in the RX status (@mactime
|
|
* field) is valid and contains the time the first symbol of the MPDU
|
|
* was received. This is useful in monitor mode and for proper IBSS
|
|
* merging.
|
|
* @RX_FLAG_MACTIME_END: The timestamp passed in the RX status (@mactime
|
|
* field) is valid and contains the time the last symbol of the MPDU
|
|
* (including FCS) was received.
|
|
* @RX_FLAG_MACTIME_PLCP_START: The timestamp passed in the RX status (@mactime
|
|
* field) is valid and contains the time the SYNC preamble was received.
|
|
* @RX_FLAG_NO_SIGNAL_VAL: The signal strength value is not present.
|
|
* Valid only for data frames (mainly A-MPDU)
|
|
* @RX_FLAG_AMPDU_DETAILS: A-MPDU details are known, in particular the reference
|
|
* number (@ampdu_reference) must be populated and be a distinct number for
|
|
* each A-MPDU
|
|
* @RX_FLAG_AMPDU_LAST_KNOWN: last subframe is known, should be set on all
|
|
* subframes of a single A-MPDU
|
|
* @RX_FLAG_AMPDU_IS_LAST: this subframe is the last subframe of the A-MPDU
|
|
* @RX_FLAG_AMPDU_DELIM_CRC_ERROR: A delimiter CRC error has been detected
|
|
* on this subframe
|
|
* @RX_FLAG_AMPDU_DELIM_CRC_KNOWN: The delimiter CRC field is known (the CRC
|
|
* is stored in the @ampdu_delimiter_crc field)
|
|
* @RX_FLAG_MIC_STRIPPED: The mic was stripped of this packet. Decryption was
|
|
* done by the hardware
|
|
* @RX_FLAG_ONLY_MONITOR: Report frame only to monitor interfaces without
|
|
* processing it in any regular way.
|
|
* This is useful if drivers offload some frames but still want to report
|
|
* them for sniffing purposes.
|
|
* @RX_FLAG_SKIP_MONITOR: Process and report frame to all interfaces except
|
|
* monitor interfaces.
|
|
* This is useful if drivers offload some frames but still want to report
|
|
* them for sniffing purposes.
|
|
* @RX_FLAG_AMSDU_MORE: Some drivers may prefer to report separate A-MSDU
|
|
* subframes instead of a one huge frame for performance reasons.
|
|
* All, but the last MSDU from an A-MSDU should have this flag set. E.g.
|
|
* if an A-MSDU has 3 frames, the first 2 must have the flag set, while
|
|
* the 3rd (last) one must not have this flag set. The flag is used to
|
|
* deal with retransmission/duplication recovery properly since A-MSDU
|
|
* subframes share the same sequence number. Reported subframes can be
|
|
* either regular MSDU or singly A-MSDUs. Subframes must not be
|
|
* interleaved with other frames.
|
|
* @RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP_VENDOR_DATA: This frame contains vendor-specific
|
|
* radiotap data in the skb->data (before the frame) as described by
|
|
* the &struct ieee80211_vendor_radiotap.
|
|
* @RX_FLAG_ALLOW_SAME_PN: Allow the same PN as same packet before.
|
|
* This is used for AMSDU subframes which can have the same PN as
|
|
* the first subframe.
|
|
* @RX_FLAG_ICV_STRIPPED: The ICV is stripped from this frame. CRC checking must
|
|
* be done in the hardware.
|
|
* @RX_FLAG_AMPDU_EOF_BIT: Value of the EOF bit in the A-MPDU delimiter for this
|
|
* frame
|
|
* @RX_FLAG_AMPDU_EOF_BIT_KNOWN: The EOF value is known
|
|
* @RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP_HE: HE radiotap data is present
|
|
* (&struct ieee80211_radiotap_he, mac80211 will fill in
|
|
*
|
|
* - DATA3_DATA_MCS
|
|
* - DATA3_DATA_DCM
|
|
* - DATA3_CODING
|
|
* - DATA5_GI
|
|
* - DATA5_DATA_BW_RU_ALLOC
|
|
* - DATA6_NSTS
|
|
* - DATA3_STBC
|
|
*
|
|
* from the RX info data, so leave those zeroed when building this data)
|
|
* @RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP_HE_MU: HE MU radiotap data is present
|
|
* (&struct ieee80211_radiotap_he_mu)
|
|
* @RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP_LSIG: L-SIG radiotap data is present
|
|
* @RX_FLAG_NO_PSDU: use the frame only for radiotap reporting, with
|
|
* the "0-length PSDU" field included there. The value for it is
|
|
* in &struct ieee80211_rx_status. Note that if this value isn't
|
|
* known the frame shouldn't be reported.
|
|
*/
|
|
enum mac80211_rx_flags {
|
|
RX_FLAG_MMIC_ERROR = BIT(0),
|
|
RX_FLAG_DECRYPTED = BIT(1),
|
|
RX_FLAG_MACTIME_PLCP_START = BIT(2),
|
|
RX_FLAG_MMIC_STRIPPED = BIT(3),
|
|
RX_FLAG_IV_STRIPPED = BIT(4),
|
|
RX_FLAG_FAILED_FCS_CRC = BIT(5),
|
|
RX_FLAG_FAILED_PLCP_CRC = BIT(6),
|
|
RX_FLAG_MACTIME_START = BIT(7),
|
|
RX_FLAG_NO_SIGNAL_VAL = BIT(8),
|
|
RX_FLAG_AMPDU_DETAILS = BIT(9),
|
|
RX_FLAG_PN_VALIDATED = BIT(10),
|
|
RX_FLAG_DUP_VALIDATED = BIT(11),
|
|
RX_FLAG_AMPDU_LAST_KNOWN = BIT(12),
|
|
RX_FLAG_AMPDU_IS_LAST = BIT(13),
|
|
RX_FLAG_AMPDU_DELIM_CRC_ERROR = BIT(14),
|
|
RX_FLAG_AMPDU_DELIM_CRC_KNOWN = BIT(15),
|
|
RX_FLAG_MACTIME_END = BIT(16),
|
|
RX_FLAG_ONLY_MONITOR = BIT(17),
|
|
RX_FLAG_SKIP_MONITOR = BIT(18),
|
|
RX_FLAG_AMSDU_MORE = BIT(19),
|
|
RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP_VENDOR_DATA = BIT(20),
|
|
RX_FLAG_MIC_STRIPPED = BIT(21),
|
|
RX_FLAG_ALLOW_SAME_PN = BIT(22),
|
|
RX_FLAG_ICV_STRIPPED = BIT(23),
|
|
RX_FLAG_AMPDU_EOF_BIT = BIT(24),
|
|
RX_FLAG_AMPDU_EOF_BIT_KNOWN = BIT(25),
|
|
RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP_HE = BIT(26),
|
|
RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP_HE_MU = BIT(27),
|
|
RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP_LSIG = BIT(28),
|
|
RX_FLAG_NO_PSDU = BIT(29),
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* enum mac80211_rx_encoding_flags - MCS & bandwidth flags
|
|
*
|
|
* @RX_ENC_FLAG_SHORTPRE: Short preamble was used for this frame
|
|
* @RX_ENC_FLAG_SHORT_GI: Short guard interval was used
|
|
* @RX_ENC_FLAG_HT_GF: This frame was received in a HT-greenfield transmission,
|
|
* if the driver fills this value it should add
|
|
* %IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_MCS_HAVE_FMT
|
|
* to @hw.radiotap_mcs_details to advertise that fact.
|
|
* @RX_ENC_FLAG_LDPC: LDPC was used
|
|
* @RX_ENC_FLAG_STBC_MASK: STBC 2 bit bitmask. 1 - Nss=1, 2 - Nss=2, 3 - Nss=3
|
|
* @RX_ENC_FLAG_BF: packet was beamformed
|
|
*/
|
|
enum mac80211_rx_encoding_flags {
|
|
RX_ENC_FLAG_SHORTPRE = BIT(0),
|
|
RX_ENC_FLAG_SHORT_GI = BIT(2),
|
|
RX_ENC_FLAG_HT_GF = BIT(3),
|
|
RX_ENC_FLAG_STBC_MASK = BIT(4) | BIT(5),
|
|
RX_ENC_FLAG_LDPC = BIT(6),
|
|
RX_ENC_FLAG_BF = BIT(7),
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
#define RX_ENC_FLAG_STBC_SHIFT 4
|
|
|
|
enum mac80211_rx_encoding {
|
|
RX_ENC_LEGACY = 0,
|
|
RX_ENC_HT,
|
|
RX_ENC_VHT,
|
|
RX_ENC_HE,
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* struct ieee80211_rx_status - receive status
|
|
*
|
|
* The low-level driver should provide this information (the subset
|
|
* supported by hardware) to the 802.11 code with each received
|
|
* frame, in the skb's control buffer (cb).
|
|
*
|
|
* @mactime: value in microseconds of the 64-bit Time Synchronization Function
|
|
* (TSF) timer when the first data symbol (MPDU) arrived at the hardware.
|
|
* @boottime_ns: CLOCK_BOOTTIME timestamp the frame was received at, this is
|
|
* needed only for beacons and probe responses that update the scan cache.
|
|
* @device_timestamp: arbitrary timestamp for the device, mac80211 doesn't use
|
|
* it but can store it and pass it back to the driver for synchronisation
|
|
* @band: the active band when this frame was received
|
|
* @freq: frequency the radio was tuned to when receiving this frame, in MHz
|
|
* This field must be set for management frames, but isn't strictly needed
|
|
* for data (other) frames - for those it only affects radiotap reporting.
|
|
* @signal: signal strength when receiving this frame, either in dBm, in dB or
|
|
* unspecified depending on the hardware capabilities flags
|
|
* @IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_*
|
|
* @chains: bitmask of receive chains for which separate signal strength
|
|
* values were filled.
|
|
* @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength, in dBm (unlike @signal, doesn't
|
|
* support dB or unspecified units)
|
|
* @antenna: antenna used
|
|
* @rate_idx: index of data rate into band's supported rates or MCS index if
|
|
* HT or VHT is used (%RX_FLAG_HT/%RX_FLAG_VHT)
|
|
* @nss: number of streams (VHT and HE only)
|
|
* @flag: %RX_FLAG_\*
|
|
* @encoding: &enum mac80211_rx_encoding
|
|
* @bw: &enum rate_info_bw
|
|
* @enc_flags: uses bits from &enum mac80211_rx_encoding_flags
|
|
* @he_ru: HE RU, from &enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc
|
|
* @he_gi: HE GI, from &enum nl80211_he_gi
|
|
* @he_dcm: HE DCM value
|
|
* @rx_flags: internal RX flags for mac80211
|
|
* @ampdu_reference: A-MPDU reference number, must be a different value for
|
|
* each A-MPDU but the same for each subframe within one A-MPDU
|
|
* @ampdu_delimiter_crc: A-MPDU delimiter CRC
|
|
* @zero_length_psdu_type: radiotap type of the 0-length PSDU
|
|
*/
|
|
struct ieee80211_rx_status {
|
|
u64 mactime;
|
|
u64 boottime_ns;
|
|
u32 device_timestamp;
|
|
u32 ampdu_reference;
|
|
u32 flag;
|
|
u16 freq;
|
|
u8 enc_flags;
|
|
u8 encoding:2, bw:3, he_ru:3;
|
|
u8 he_gi:2, he_dcm:1;
|
|
u8 rate_idx;
|
|
u8 nss;
|
|
u8 rx_flags;
|
|
u8 band;
|
|
u8 antenna;
|
|
s8 signal;
|
|
u8 chains;
|
|
s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS];
|
|
u8 ampdu_delimiter_crc;
|
|
u8 zero_length_psdu_type;
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* struct ieee80211_vendor_radiotap - vendor radiotap data information
|
|
* @present: presence bitmap for this vendor namespace
|
|
* (this could be extended in the future if any vendor needs more
|
|
* bits, the radiotap spec does allow for that)
|
|
* @align: radiotap vendor namespace alignment. This defines the needed
|
|
* alignment for the @data field below, not for the vendor namespace
|
|
* description itself (which has a fixed 2-byte alignment)
|
|
* Must be a power of two, and be set to at least 1!
|
|
* @oui: radiotap vendor namespace OUI
|
|
* @subns: radiotap vendor sub namespace
|
|
* @len: radiotap vendor sub namespace skip length, if alignment is done
|
|
* then that's added to this, i.e. this is only the length of the
|
|
* @data field.
|
|
* @pad: number of bytes of padding after the @data, this exists so that
|
|
* the skb data alignment can be preserved even if the data has odd
|
|
* length
|
|
* @data: the actual vendor namespace data
|
|
*
|
|
* This struct, including the vendor data, goes into the skb->data before
|
|
* the 802.11 header. It's split up in mac80211 using the align/oui/subns
|
|
* data.
|
|
*/
|
|
struct ieee80211_vendor_radiotap {
|
|
u32 present;
|
|
u8 align;
|
|
u8 oui[3];
|
|
u8 subns;
|
|
u8 pad;
|
|
u16 len;
|
|
u8 data[];
|
|
} __packed;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* enum ieee80211_conf_flags - configuration flags
|
|
*
|
|
* Flags to define PHY configuration options
|
|
*
|
|
* @IEEE80211_CONF_MONITOR: there's a monitor interface present -- use this
|
|
* to determine for example whether to calculate timestamps for packets
|
|
* or not, do not use instead of filter flags!
|
|
* @IEEE80211_CONF_PS: Enable 802.11 power save mode (managed mode only).
|
|
* This is the power save mode defined by IEEE 802.11-2007 section 11.2,
|
|
* meaning that the hardware still wakes up for beacons, is able to
|
|
* transmit frames and receive the possible acknowledgment frames.
|
|
* Not to be confused with hardware specific wakeup/sleep states,
|
|
* driver is responsible for that. See the section "Powersave support"
|
|
* for more.
|
|
* @IEEE80211_CONF_IDLE: The device is running, but idle; if the flag is set
|
|
* the driver should be prepared to handle configuration requests but
|
|
* may turn the device off as much as possible. Typically, this flag will
|
|
* be set when an interface is set UP but not associated or scanning, but
|
|
* it can also be unset in that case when monitor interfaces are active.
|
|
* @IEEE80211_CONF_OFFCHANNEL: The device is currently not on its main
|
|
* operating channel.
|
|
*/
|
|
enum ieee80211_conf_flags {
|
|
IEEE80211_CONF_MONITOR = (1<<0),
|
|
IEEE80211_CONF_PS = (1<<1),
|
|
IEEE80211_CONF_IDLE = (1<<2),
|
|
IEEE80211_CONF_OFFCHANNEL = (1<<3),
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* enum ieee80211_conf_changed - denotes which configuration changed
|
|
*
|
|
* @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_LISTEN_INTERVAL: the listen interval changed
|
|
* @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_MONITOR: the monitor flag changed
|
|
* @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_PS: the PS flag or dynamic PS timeout changed
|
|
* @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_POWER: the TX power changed
|
|
* @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_CHANNEL: the channel/channel_type changed
|
|
* @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_RETRY_LIMITS: retry limits changed
|
|
* @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_IDLE: Idle flag changed
|
|
* @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_SMPS: Spatial multiplexing powersave mode changed
|
|
* Note that this is only valid if channel contexts are not used,
|
|
* otherwise each channel context has the number of chains listed.
|
|
*/
|
|
enum ieee80211_conf_changed {
|
|
IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_SMPS = BIT(1),
|
|
IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_LISTEN_INTERVAL = BIT(2),
|
|
IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_MONITOR = BIT(3),
|
|
IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_PS = BIT(4),
|
|
IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_POWER = BIT(5),
|
|
IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_CHANNEL = BIT(6),
|
|
IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_RETRY_LIMITS = BIT(7),
|
|
IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_IDLE = BIT(8),
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* enum ieee80211_smps_mode - spatial multiplexing power save mode
|
|
*
|
|
* @IEEE80211_SMPS_AUTOMATIC: automatic
|
|
* @IEEE80211_SMPS_OFF: off
|
|
* @IEEE80211_SMPS_STATIC: static
|
|
* @IEEE80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC: dynamic
|
|
* @IEEE80211_SMPS_NUM_MODES: internal, don't use
|
|
*/
|
|
enum ieee80211_smps_mode {
|
|
IEEE80211_SMPS_AUTOMATIC,
|
|
IEEE80211_SMPS_OFF,
|
|
IEEE80211_SMPS_STATIC,
|
|
IEEE80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC,
|
|
|
|
/* keep last */
|
|
IEEE80211_SMPS_NUM_MODES,
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* struct ieee80211_conf - configuration of the device
|
|
*
|
|
* This struct indicates how the driver shall configure the hardware.
|
|
*
|
|
* @flags: configuration flags defined above
|
|
*
|
|
* @listen_interval: listen interval in units of beacon interval
|
|
* @ps_dtim_period: The DTIM period of the AP we're connected to, for use
|
|
* in power saving. Power saving will not be enabled until a beacon
|
|
* has been received and the DTIM period is known.
|
|
* @dynamic_ps_timeout: The dynamic powersave timeout (in ms), see the
|
|
* powersave documentation below. This variable is valid only when
|
|
* the CONF_PS flag is set.
|
|
*
|
|
* @power_level: requested transmit power (in dBm), backward compatibility
|
|
* value only that is set to the minimum of all interfaces
|
|
*
|
|
* @chandef: the channel definition to tune to
|
|
* @radar_enabled: whether radar detection is enabled
|
|
*
|
|
* @long_frame_max_tx_count: Maximum number of transmissions for a "long" frame
|
|
* (a frame not RTS protected), called "dot11LongRetryLimit" in 802.11,
|
|
* but actually means the number of transmissions not the number of retries
|
|
* @short_frame_max_tx_count: Maximum number of transmissions for a "short"
|
|
* frame, called "dot11ShortRetryLimit" in 802.11, but actually means the
|
|
* number of transmissions not the number of retries
|
|
*
|
|
* @smps_mode: spatial multiplexing powersave mode; note that
|
|
* %IEEE80211_SMPS_STATIC is used when the device is not
|
|
* configured for an HT channel.
|
|
* Note that this is only valid if channel contexts are not used,
|
|
* otherwise each channel context has the number of chains listed.
|
|
*/
|
|
struct ieee80211_conf {
|
|
u32 flags;
|
|
int power_level, dynamic_ps_timeout;
|
|
|
|
u16 listen_interval;
|
|
u8 ps_dtim_period;
|
|
|
|
u8 long_frame_max_tx_count, short_frame_max_tx_count;
|
|
|
|
struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
|
|
bool radar_enabled;
|
|
enum ieee80211_smps_mode smps_mode;
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* struct ieee80211_channel_switch - holds the channel switch data
|
|
*
|
|
* The information provided in this structure is required for channel switch
|
|
* operation.
|
|
*
|
|
* @timestamp: value in microseconds of the 64-bit Time Synchronization
|
|
* Function (TSF) timer when the frame containing the channel switch
|
|
* announcement was received. This is simply the rx.mactime parameter
|
|
* the driver passed into mac80211.
|
|
* @device_timestamp: arbitrary timestamp for the device, this is the
|
|
* rx.device_timestamp parameter the driver passed to mac80211.
|
|
* @block_tx: Indicates whether transmission must be blocked before the
|
|
* scheduled channel switch, as indicated by the AP.
|
|
* @chandef: the new channel to switch to
|
|
* @count: the number of TBTT's until the channel switch event
|
|
* @delay: maximum delay between the time the AP transmitted the last beacon in
|
|
* current channel and the expected time of the first beacon in the new
|
|
* channel, expressed in TU.
|
|
*/
|
|
struct ieee80211_channel_switch {
|
|
u64 timestamp;
|
|
u32 device_timestamp;
|
|
bool block_tx;
|
|
struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
|
|
u8 count;
|
|
u32 delay;
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* enum ieee80211_vif_flags - virtual interface flags
|
|
*
|
|
* @IEEE80211_VIF_BEACON_FILTER: the device performs beacon filtering
|
|
* on this virtual interface to avoid unnecessary CPU wakeups
|
|
* @IEEE80211_VIF_SUPPORTS_CQM_RSSI: the device can do connection quality
|
|
* monitoring on this virtual interface -- i.e. it can monitor
|
|
* connection quality related parameters, such as the RSSI level and
|
|
* provide notifications if configured trigger levels are reached.
|
|
* @IEEE80211_VIF_SUPPORTS_UAPSD: The device can do U-APSD for this
|
|
* interface. This flag should be set during interface addition,
|
|
* but may be set/cleared as late as authentication to an AP. It is
|
|
* only valid for managed/station mode interfaces.
|
|
* @IEEE80211_VIF_GET_NOA_UPDATE: request to handle NOA attributes
|
|
* and send P2P_PS notification to the driver if NOA changed, even
|
|
* this is not pure P2P vif.
|
|
*/
|
|
enum ieee80211_vif_flags {
|
|
IEEE80211_VIF_BEACON_FILTER = BIT(0),
|
|
IEEE80211_VIF_SUPPORTS_CQM_RSSI = BIT(1),
|
|
IEEE80211_VIF_SUPPORTS_UAPSD = BIT(2),
|
|
IEEE80211_VIF_GET_NOA_UPDATE = BIT(3),
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* struct ieee80211_vif - per-interface data
|
|
*
|
|
* Data in this structure is continually present for driver
|
|
* use during the life of a virtual interface.
|
|
*
|
|
* @type: type of this virtual interface
|
|
* @bss_conf: BSS configuration for this interface, either our own
|
|
* or the BSS we're associated to
|
|
* @addr: address of this interface
|
|
* @p2p: indicates whether this AP or STA interface is a p2p
|
|
* interface, i.e. a GO or p2p-sta respectively
|
|
* @csa_active: marks whether a channel switch is going on. Internally it is
|
|
* write-protected by sdata_lock and local->mtx so holding either is fine
|
|
* for read access.
|
|
* @mu_mimo_owner: indicates interface owns MU-MIMO capability
|
|
* @driver_flags: flags/capabilities the driver has for this interface,
|
|
* these need to be set (or cleared) when the interface is added
|
|
* or, if supported by the driver, the interface type is changed
|
|
* at runtime, mac80211 will never touch this field
|
|
* @hw_queue: hardware queue for each AC
|
|
* @cab_queue: content-after-beacon (DTIM beacon really) queue, AP mode only
|
|
* @chanctx_conf: The channel context this interface is assigned to, or %NULL
|
|
* when it is not assigned. This pointer is RCU-protected due to the TX
|
|
* path needing to access it; even though the netdev carrier will always
|
|
* be off when it is %NULL there can still be races and packets could be
|
|
* processed after it switches back to %NULL.
|
|
* @debugfs_dir: debugfs dentry, can be used by drivers to create own per
|
|
* interface debug files. Note that it will be NULL for the virtual
|
|
* monitor interface (if that is requested.)
|
|
* @probe_req_reg: probe requests should be reported to mac80211 for this
|
|
* interface.
|
|
* @drv_priv: data area for driver use, will always be aligned to
|
|
* sizeof(void \*).
|
|
* @txq: the multicast data TX queue (if driver uses the TXQ abstraction)
|
|
* @txqs_stopped: per AC flag to indicate that intermediate TXQs are stopped,
|
|
* protected by fq->lock.
|
|
*/
|
|
struct ieee80211_vif {
|
|
enum nl80211_iftype type;
|
|
struct ieee80211_bss_conf bss_conf;
|
|
u8 addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
|
|
bool p2p;
|
|
bool csa_active;
|
|
bool mu_mimo_owner;
|
|
|
|
u8 cab_queue;
|
|
u8 hw_queue[IEEE80211_NUM_ACS];
|
|
|
|
struct ieee80211_txq *txq;
|
|
|
|
struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf __rcu *chanctx_conf;
|
|
|
|
u32 driver_flags;
|
|
|
|
#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_DEBUGFS
|
|
struct dentry *debugfs_dir;
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
unsigned int probe_req_reg;
|
|
|
|
bool txqs_stopped[IEEE80211_NUM_ACS];
|
|
|
|
/* must be last */
|
|
u8 drv_priv[0] __aligned(sizeof(void *));
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
static inline bool ieee80211_vif_is_mesh(struct ieee80211_vif *vif)
|
|
{
|
|
#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_MESH
|
|
return vif->type == NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT;
|
|
#endif
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* wdev_to_ieee80211_vif - return a vif struct from a wdev
|
|
* @wdev: the wdev to get the vif for
|
|
*
|
|
* This can be used by mac80211 drivers with direct cfg80211 APIs
|
|
* (like the vendor commands) that get a wdev.
|
|
*
|
|
* Note that this function may return %NULL if the given wdev isn't
|
|
* associated with a vif that the driver knows about (e.g. monitor
|
|
* or AP_VLAN interfaces.)
|
|
*/
|
|
struct ieee80211_vif *wdev_to_ieee80211_vif(struct wireless_dev *wdev);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* ieee80211_vif_to_wdev - return a wdev struct from a vif
|
|
* @vif: the vif to get the wdev for
|
|
*
|
|
* This can be used by mac80211 drivers with direct cfg80211 APIs
|
|
* (like the vendor commands) that needs to get the wdev for a vif.
|
|
*
|
|
* Note that this function may return %NULL if the given wdev isn't
|
|
* associated with a vif that the driver knows about (e.g. monitor
|
|
* or AP_VLAN interfaces.)
|
|
*/
|
|
struct wireless_dev *ieee80211_vif_to_wdev(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* enum ieee80211_key_flags - key flags
|
|
*
|
|
* These flags are used for communication about keys between the driver
|
|
* and mac80211, with the @flags parameter of &struct ieee80211_key_conf.
|
|
*
|
|
* @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_IV: This flag should be set by the
|
|
* driver to indicate that it requires IV generation for this
|
|
* particular key. Setting this flag does not necessarily mean that SKBs
|
|
* will have sufficient tailroom for ICV or MIC.
|
|
* @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_MMIC: This flag should be set by
|
|
* the driver for a TKIP key if it requires Michael MIC
|
|
* generation in software.
|
|
* @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_PAIRWISE: Set by mac80211, this flag indicates
|
|
* that the key is pairwise rather then a shared key.
|
|
* @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_SW_MGMT_TX: This flag should be set by the driver for a
|
|
* CCMP/GCMP key if it requires CCMP/GCMP encryption of management frames
|
|
* (MFP) to be done in software.
|
|
* @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_PUT_IV_SPACE: This flag should be set by the driver
|
|
* if space should be prepared for the IV, but the IV
|
|
* itself should not be generated. Do not set together with
|
|
* @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_IV on the same key. Setting this flag does
|
|
* not necessarily mean that SKBs will have sufficient tailroom for ICV or
|
|
* MIC.
|
|
* @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_RX_MGMT: This key will be used to decrypt received
|
|
* management frames. The flag can help drivers that have a hardware
|
|
* crypto implementation that doesn't deal with management frames
|
|
* properly by allowing them to not upload the keys to hardware and
|
|
* fall back to software crypto. Note that this flag deals only with
|
|
* RX, if your crypto engine can't deal with TX you can also set the
|
|
* %IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_SW_MGMT_TX flag to encrypt such frames in SW.
|
|
* @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_IV_MGMT: This flag should be set by the
|
|
* driver for a CCMP/GCMP key to indicate that is requires IV generation
|
|
* only for managment frames (MFP).
|
|
* @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_RESERVE_TAILROOM: This flag should be set by the
|
|
* driver for a key to indicate that sufficient tailroom must always
|
|
* be reserved for ICV or MIC, even when HW encryption is enabled.
|
|
* @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_PUT_MIC_SPACE: This flag should be set by the driver for
|
|
* a TKIP key if it only requires MIC space. Do not set together with
|
|
* @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_MMIC on the same key.
|
|
*/
|
|
enum ieee80211_key_flags {
|
|
IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_IV_MGMT = BIT(0),
|
|
IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_IV = BIT(1),
|
|
IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_MMIC = BIT(2),
|
|
IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_PAIRWISE = BIT(3),
|
|
IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_SW_MGMT_TX = BIT(4),
|
|
IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_PUT_IV_SPACE = BIT(5),
|
|
IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_RX_MGMT = BIT(6),
|
|
IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_RESERVE_TAILROOM = BIT(7),
|
|
IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_PUT_MIC_SPACE = BIT(8),
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* struct ieee80211_key_conf - key information
|
|
*
|
|
* This key information is given by mac80211 to the driver by
|
|
* the set_key() callback in &struct ieee80211_ops.
|
|
*
|
|
* @hw_key_idx: To be set by the driver, this is the key index the driver
|
|
* wants to be given when a frame is transmitted and needs to be
|
|
* encrypted in hardware.
|
|
* @cipher: The key's cipher suite selector.
|
|
* @tx_pn: PN used for TX keys, may be used by the driver as well if it
|
|
* needs to do software PN assignment by itself (e.g. due to TSO)
|
|
* @flags: key flags, see &enum ieee80211_key_flags.
|
|
* @keyidx: the key index (0-3)
|
|
* @keylen: key material length
|
|
* @key: key material. For ALG_TKIP the key is encoded as a 256-bit (32 byte)
|
|
* data block:
|
|
* - Temporal Encryption Key (128 bits)
|
|
* - Temporal Authenticator Tx MIC Key (64 bits)
|
|
* - Temporal Authenticator Rx MIC Key (64 bits)
|
|
* @icv_len: The ICV length for this key type
|
|
* @iv_len: The IV length for this key type
|
|
*/
|
|
struct ieee80211_key_conf {
|
|
atomic64_t tx_pn;
|
|
u32 cipher;
|
|
u8 icv_len;
|
|
u8 iv_len;
|
|
u8 hw_key_idx;
|
|
s8 keyidx;
|
|
u16 flags;
|
|
u8 keylen;
|
|
u8 key[0];
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
#define IEEE80211_MAX_PN_LEN 16
|
|
|
|
#define TKIP_PN_TO_IV16(pn) ((u16)(pn & 0xffff))
|
|
#define TKIP_PN_TO_IV32(pn) ((u32)((pn >> 16) & 0xffffffff))
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* struct ieee80211_key_seq - key sequence counter
|
|
*
|
|
* @tkip: TKIP data, containing IV32 and IV16 in host byte order
|
|
* @ccmp: PN data, most significant byte first (big endian,
|
|
* reverse order than in packet)
|
|
* @aes_cmac: PN data, most significant byte first (big endian,
|
|
* reverse order than in packet)
|
|
* @aes_gmac: PN data, most significant byte first (big endian,
|
|
* reverse order than in packet)
|
|
* @gcmp: PN data, most significant byte first (big endian,
|
|
* reverse order than in packet)
|
|
* @hw: data for HW-only (e.g. cipher scheme) keys
|
|
*/
|
|
struct ieee80211_key_seq {
|
|
union {
|
|
struct {
|
|
u32 iv32;
|
|
u16 iv16;
|
|
} tkip;
|
|
struct {
|
|
u8 pn[6];
|
|
} ccmp;
|
|
struct {
|
|
u8 pn[6];
|
|
} aes_cmac;
|
|
struct {
|
|
u8 pn[6];
|
|
} aes_gmac;
|
|
struct {
|
|
u8 pn[6];
|
|
} gcmp;
|
|
struct {
|
|
u8 seq[IEEE80211_MAX_PN_LEN];
|
|
u8 seq_len;
|
|
} hw;
|
|
};
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* struct ieee80211_cipher_scheme - cipher scheme
|
|
*
|
|
* This structure contains a cipher scheme information defining
|
|
* the secure packet crypto handling.
|
|
*
|
|
* @cipher: a cipher suite selector
|
|
* @iftype: a cipher iftype bit mask indicating an allowed cipher usage
|
|
* @hdr_len: a length of a security header used the cipher
|
|
* @pn_len: a length of a packet number in the security header
|
|
* @pn_off: an offset of pn from the beginning of the security header
|
|
* @key_idx_off: an offset of key index byte in the security header
|
|
* @key_idx_mask: a bit mask of key_idx bits
|
|
* @key_idx_shift: a bit shift needed to get key_idx
|
|
* key_idx value calculation:
|
|
* (sec_header_base[key_idx_off] & key_idx_mask) >> key_idx_shift
|
|
* @mic_len: a mic length in bytes
|
|
*/
|
|
struct ieee80211_cipher_scheme {
|
|
u32 cipher;
|
|
u16 iftype;
|
|
u8 hdr_len;
|
|
u8 pn_len;
|
|
u8 pn_off;
|
|
u8 key_idx_off;
|
|
u8 key_idx_mask;
|
|
u8 key_idx_shift;
|
|
u8 mic_len;
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* enum set_key_cmd - key command
|
|
*
|
|
* Used with the set_key() callback in &struct ieee80211_ops, this
|
|
* indicates whether a key is being removed or added.
|
|
*
|
|
* @SET_KEY: a key is set
|
|
* @DISABLE_KEY: a key must be disabled
|
|
*/
|
|
enum set_key_cmd {
|
|
SET_KEY, DISABLE_KEY,
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* enum ieee80211_sta_state - station state
|
|
*
|
|
* @IEEE80211_STA_NOTEXIST: station doesn't exist at all,
|
|
* this is a special state for add/remove transitions
|
|
* @IEEE80211_STA_NONE: station exists without special state
|
|
* @IEEE80211_STA_AUTH: station is authenticated
|
|
* @IEEE80211_STA_ASSOC: station is associated
|
|
* @IEEE80211_STA_AUTHORIZED: station is authorized (802.1X)
|
|
*/
|
|
enum ieee80211_sta_state {
|
|
/* NOTE: These need to be ordered correctly! */
|
|
IEEE80211_STA_NOTEXIST,
|
|
IEEE80211_STA_NONE,
|
|
IEEE80211_STA_AUTH,
|
|
IEEE80211_STA_ASSOC,
|
|
IEEE80211_STA_AUTHORIZED,
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* enum ieee80211_sta_rx_bandwidth - station RX bandwidth
|
|
* @IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_20: station can only receive 20 MHz
|
|
* @IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_40: station can receive up to 40 MHz
|
|
* @IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_80: station can receive up to 80 MHz
|
|
* @IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_160: station can receive up to 160 MHz
|
|
* (including 80+80 MHz)
|
|
*
|
|
* Implementation note: 20 must be zero to be initialized
|
|
* correctly, the values must be sorted.
|
|
*/
|
|
enum ieee80211_sta_rx_bandwidth {
|
|
IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_20 = 0,
|
|
IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_40,
|
|
IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_80,
|
|
IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_160,
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* struct ieee80211_sta_rates - station rate selection table
|
|
*
|
|
* @rcu_head: RCU head used for freeing the table on update
|
|
* @rate: transmit rates/flags to be used by default.
|
|
* Overriding entries per-packet is possible by using cb tx control.
|
|
*/
|
|
struct ieee80211_sta_rates {
|
|
struct rcu_head rcu_head;
|
|
struct {
|
|
s8 idx;
|
|
u8 count;
|
|
u8 count_cts;
|
|
u8 count_rts;
|
|
u16 flags;
|
|
} rate[IEEE80211_TX_RATE_TABLE_SIZE];
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* struct ieee80211_sta - station table entry
|
|
*
|
|
* A station table entry represents a station we are possibly
|
|
* communicating with. Since stations are RCU-managed in
|
|
* mac80211, any ieee80211_sta pointer you get access to must
|
|
* either be protected by rcu_read_lock() explicitly or implicitly,
|
|
* or you must take good care to not use such a pointer after a
|
|
* call to your sta_remove callback that removed it.
|
|
*
|
|
* @addr: MAC address
|
|
* @aid: AID we assigned to the station if we're an AP
|
|
* @supp_rates: Bitmap of supported rates (per band)
|
|
* @ht_cap: HT capabilities of this STA; restricted to our own capabilities
|
|
* @vht_cap: VHT capabilities of this STA; restricted to our own capabilities
|
|
* @he_cap: HE capabilities of this STA
|
|
* @max_rx_aggregation_subframes: maximal amount of frames in a single AMPDU
|
|
* that this station is allowed to transmit to us.
|
|
* Can be modified by driver.
|
|
* @wme: indicates whether the STA supports QoS/WME (if local devices does,
|
|
* otherwise always false)
|
|
* @drv_priv: data area for driver use, will always be aligned to
|
|
* sizeof(void \*), size is determined in hw information.
|
|
* @uapsd_queues: bitmap of queues configured for uapsd. Only valid
|
|
* if wme is supported. The bits order is like in
|
|
* IEEE80211_WMM_IE_STA_QOSINFO_AC_*.
|
|
* @max_sp: max Service Period. Only valid if wme is supported.
|
|
* @bandwidth: current bandwidth the station can receive with
|
|
* @rx_nss: in HT/VHT, the maximum number of spatial streams the
|
|
* station can receive at the moment, changed by operating mode
|
|
* notifications and capabilities. The value is only valid after
|
|
* the station moves to associated state.
|
|
* @smps_mode: current SMPS mode (off, static or dynamic)
|
|
* @rates: rate control selection table
|
|
* @tdls: indicates whether the STA is a TDLS peer
|
|
* @tdls_initiator: indicates the STA is an initiator of the TDLS link. Only
|
|
* valid if the STA is a TDLS peer in the first place.
|
|
* @mfp: indicates whether the STA uses management frame protection or not.
|
|
* @max_amsdu_subframes: indicates the maximal number of MSDUs in a single
|
|
* A-MSDU. Taken from the Extended Capabilities element. 0 means
|
|
* unlimited.
|
|
* @support_p2p_ps: indicates whether the STA supports P2P PS mechanism or not.
|
|
* @max_rc_amsdu_len: Maximum A-MSDU size in bytes recommended by rate control.
|
|
* @max_tid_amsdu_len: Maximum A-MSDU size in bytes for this TID
|
|
* @txq: per-TID data TX queues (if driver uses the TXQ abstraction); note that
|
|
* the last entry (%IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS) is used for non-data frames
|
|
*/
|
|
struct ieee80211_sta {
|
|
u32 supp_rates[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
|
|
u8 addr[ETH_ALEN];
|
|
u16 aid;
|
|
struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap ht_cap;
|
|
struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap vht_cap;
|
|
struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap he_cap;
|
|
u16 max_rx_aggregation_subframes;
|
|
bool wme;
|
|
u8 uapsd_queues;
|
|
u8 max_sp;
|
|
u8 rx_nss;
|
|
enum ieee80211_sta_rx_bandwidth bandwidth;
|
|
enum ieee80211_smps_mode smps_mode;
|
|
struct ieee80211_sta_rates __rcu *rates;
|
|
bool tdls;
|
|
bool tdls_initiator;
|
|
bool mfp;
|
|
u8 max_amsdu_subframes;
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* @max_amsdu_len:
|
|
* indicates the maximal length of an A-MSDU in bytes.
|
|
* This field is always valid for packets with a VHT preamble.
|
|
* For packets with a HT preamble, additional limits apply:
|
|
*
|
|
* * If the skb is transmitted as part of a BA agreement, the
|
|
* A-MSDU maximal size is min(max_amsdu_len, 4065) bytes.
|
|
* * If the skb is not part of a BA aggreement, the A-MSDU maximal
|
|
* size is min(max_amsdu_len, 7935) bytes.
|
|
*
|
|
* Both additional HT limits must be enforced by the low level
|
|
* driver. This is defined by the spec (IEEE 802.11-2012 section
|
|
* 8.3.2.2 NOTE 2).
|
|
*/
|
|
u16 max_amsdu_len;
|
|
bool support_p2p_ps;
|
|
u16 max_rc_amsdu_len;
|
|
u16 max_tid_amsdu_len[IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS];
|
|
|
|
struct ieee80211_txq *txq[IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS + 1];
|
|
|
|
/* must be last */
|
|
u8 drv_priv[0] __aligned(sizeof(void *));
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* enum sta_notify_cmd - sta notify command
|
|
*
|
|
* Used with the sta_notify() callback in &struct ieee80211_ops, this
|
|
* indicates if an associated station made a power state transition.
|
|
*
|
|
* @STA_NOTIFY_SLEEP: a station is now sleeping
|
|
* @STA_NOTIFY_AWAKE: a sleeping station woke up
|
|
*/
|
|
enum sta_notify_cmd {
|
|
STA_NOTIFY_SLEEP, STA_NOTIFY_AWAKE,
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* struct ieee80211_tx_control - TX control data
|
|
*
|
|
* @sta: station table entry, this sta pointer may be NULL and
|
|
* it is not allowed to copy the pointer, due to RCU.
|
|
*/
|
|
struct ieee80211_tx_control {
|
|
struct ieee80211_sta *sta;
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* struct ieee80211_txq - Software intermediate tx queue
|
|
*
|
|
* @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
|
|
* @sta: station table entry, %NULL for per-vif queue
|
|
* @tid: the TID for this queue (unused for per-vif queue),
|
|
* %IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS for non-data (if enabled)
|
|
* @ac: the AC for this queue
|
|
* @drv_priv: driver private area, sized by hw->txq_data_size
|
|
*
|
|
* The driver can obtain packets from this queue by calling
|
|
* ieee80211_tx_dequeue().
|
|
*/
|
|
struct ieee80211_txq {
|
|
struct ieee80211_vif *vif;
|
|
struct ieee80211_sta *sta;
|
|
u8 tid;
|
|
u8 ac;
|
|
|
|
/* must be last */
|
|
u8 drv_priv[0] __aligned(sizeof(void *));
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* enum ieee80211_hw_flags - hardware flags
|
|
*
|
|
* These flags are used to indicate hardware capabilities to
|
|
* the stack. Generally, flags here should have their meaning
|
|
* done in a way that the simplest hardware doesn't need setting
|
|
* any particular flags. There are some exceptions to this rule,
|
|
* however, so you are advised to review these flags carefully.
|
|
*
|
|
* @IEEE80211_HW_HAS_RATE_CONTROL:
|
|
* The hardware or firmware includes rate control, and cannot be
|
|
* controlled by the stack. As such, no rate control algorithm
|
|
* should be instantiated, and the TX rate reported to userspace
|
|
* will be taken from the TX status instead of the rate control
|
|
* algorithm.
|
|
* Note that this requires that the driver implement a number of
|
|
* callbacks so it has the correct information, it needs to have
|
|
* the @set_rts_threshold callback and must look at the BSS config
|
|
* @use_cts_prot for G/N protection, @use_short_slot for slot
|
|
* timing in 2.4 GHz and @use_short_preamble for preambles for
|
|
* CCK frames.
|
|
*
|
|
* @IEEE80211_HW_RX_INCLUDES_FCS:
|
|
* Indicates that received frames passed to the stack include
|
|
* the FCS at the end.
|
|
*
|
|
* @IEEE80211_HW_HOST_BROADCAST_PS_BUFFERING:
|
|
* Some wireless LAN chipsets buffer broadcast/multicast frames
|
|
* for power saving stations in the hardware/firmware and others
|
|
* rely on the host system for such buffering. This option is used
|
|
* to configure the IEEE 802.11 upper layer to buffer broadcast and
|
|
* multicast frames when there are power saving stations so that
|
|
* the driver can fetch them with ieee80211_get_buffered_bc().
|
|
*
|
|
* @IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_UNSPEC:
|
|
* Hardware can provide signal values but we don't know its units. We
|
|
* expect values between 0 and @max_signal.
|
|
* If possible please provide dB or dBm instead.
|
|
*
|
|
* @IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_DBM:
|
|
* Hardware gives signal values in dBm, decibel difference from
|
|
* one milliwatt. This is the preferred method since it is standardized
|
|
* between different devices. @max_signal does not need to be set.
|
|
*
|
|
* @IEEE80211_HW_SPECTRUM_MGMT:
|
|
* Hardware supports spectrum management defined in 802.11h
|
|
* Measurement, Channel Switch, Quieting, TPC
|
|
*
|
|
* @IEEE80211_HW_AMPDU_AGGREGATION:
|
|
* Hardware supports 11n A-MPDU aggregation.
|
|
*
|
|
* @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PS:
|
|
* Hardware has power save support (i.e. can go to sleep).
|
|
*
|
|
* @IEEE80211_HW_PS_NULLFUNC_STACK:
|
|
* Hardware requires nullfunc frame handling in stack, implies
|
|
* stack support for dynamic PS.
|
|
*
|
|
* @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_DYNAMIC_PS:
|
|
* Hardware has support for dynamic PS.
|
|
*
|
|
* @IEEE80211_HW_MFP_CAPABLE:
|
|
* Hardware supports management frame protection (MFP, IEEE 802.11w).
|
|
*
|
|
* @IEEE80211_HW_REPORTS_TX_ACK_STATUS:
|
|
* Hardware can provide ack status reports of Tx frames to
|
|
* the stack.
|
|
*
|
|
* @IEEE80211_HW_CONNECTION_MONITOR:
|
|
* The hardware performs its own connection monitoring, including
|
|
* periodic keep-alives to the AP and probing the AP on beacon loss.
|
|
*
|
|
* @IEEE80211_HW_NEED_DTIM_BEFORE_ASSOC:
|
|
* This device needs to get data from beacon before association (i.e.
|
|
* dtim_period).
|
|
*
|
|
* @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PER_STA_GTK: The device's crypto engine supports
|
|
* per-station GTKs as used by IBSS RSN or during fast transition. If
|
|
* the device doesn't support per-station GTKs, but can be asked not
|
|
* to decrypt group addressed frames, then IBSS RSN support is still
|
|
* possible but software crypto will be used. Advertise the wiphy flag
|
|
* only in that case.
|
|
*
|
|
* @IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS: When operating in AP mode the device
|
|
* autonomously manages the PS status of connected stations. When
|
|
* this flag is set mac80211 will not trigger PS mode for connected
|
|
* stations based on the PM bit of incoming frames.
|
|
* Use ieee80211_start_ps()/ieee8021_end_ps() to manually configure
|
|
* the PS mode of connected stations.
|
|
*
|
|
* @IEEE80211_HW_TX_AMPDU_SETUP_IN_HW: The device handles TX A-MPDU session
|
|
* setup strictly in HW. mac80211 should not attempt to do this in
|
|
* software.
|
|
*
|
|
* @IEEE80211_HW_WANT_MONITOR_VIF: The driver would like to be informed of
|
|
* a virtual monitor interface when monitor interfaces are the only
|
|
* active interfaces.
|
|
*
|
|
* @IEEE80211_HW_NO_AUTO_VIF: The driver would like for no wlanX to
|
|
* be created. It is expected user-space will create vifs as
|
|
* desired (and thus have them named as desired).
|
|
*
|
|
* @IEEE80211_HW_SW_CRYPTO_CONTROL: The driver wants to control which of the
|
|
* crypto algorithms can be done in software - so don't automatically
|
|
* try to fall back to it if hardware crypto fails, but do so only if
|
|
* the driver returns 1. This also forces the driver to advertise its
|
|
* supported cipher suites.
|
|
*
|
|
* @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORT_FAST_XMIT: The driver/hardware supports fast-xmit,
|
|
* this currently requires only the ability to calculate the duration
|
|
* for frames.
|
|
*
|
|
* @IEEE80211_HW_QUEUE_CONTROL: The driver wants to control per-interface
|
|
* queue mapping in order to use different queues (not just one per AC)
|
|
* for different virtual interfaces. See the doc section on HW queue
|
|
* control for more details.
|
|
*
|
|
* @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_RC_TABLE: The driver supports using a rate
|
|
* selection table provided by the rate control algorithm.
|
|
*
|
|
* @IEEE80211_HW_P2P_DEV_ADDR_FOR_INTF: Use the P2P Device address for any
|
|
* P2P Interface. This will be honoured even if more than one interface
|
|
* is supported.
|
|
*
|
|
* @IEEE80211_HW_TIMING_BEACON_ONLY: Use sync timing from beacon frames
|
|
* only, to allow getting TBTT of a DTIM beacon.
|
|
*
|
|
* @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_HT_CCK_RATES: Hardware supports mixing HT/CCK rates
|
|
* and can cope with CCK rates in an aggregation session (e.g. by not
|
|
* using aggregation for such frames.)
|
|
*
|
|
* @IEEE80211_HW_CHANCTX_STA_CSA: Support 802.11h based channel-switch (CSA)
|
|
* for a single active channel while using channel contexts. When support
|
|
* is not enabled the default action is to disconnect when getting the
|
|
* CSA frame.
|
|
*
|
|
* @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_CLONED_SKBS: The driver will never modify the payload
|
|
* or tailroom of TX skbs without copying them first.
|
|
*
|
|
* @IEEE80211_HW_SINGLE_SCAN_ON_ALL_BANDS: The HW supports scanning on all bands
|
|
* in one command, mac80211 doesn't have to run separate scans per band.
|
|
*
|
|
* @IEEE80211_HW_TDLS_WIDER_BW: The device/driver supports wider bandwidth
|
|
* than then BSS bandwidth for a TDLS link on the base channel.
|
|
*
|
|
* @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_AMSDU_IN_AMPDU: The driver supports receiving A-MSDUs
|
|
* within A-MPDU.
|
|
*
|
|
* @IEEE80211_HW_BEACON_TX_STATUS: The device/driver provides TX status
|
|
* for sent beacons.
|
|
*
|
|
* @IEEE80211_HW_NEEDS_UNIQUE_STA_ADDR: Hardware (or driver) requires that each
|
|
* station has a unique address, i.e. each station entry can be identified
|
|
* by just its MAC address; this prevents, for example, the same station
|
|
* from connecting to two virtual AP interfaces at the same time.
|
|
*
|
|
* @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_REORDERING_BUFFER: Hardware (or driver) manages the
|
|
* reordering buffer internally, guaranteeing mac80211 receives frames in
|
|
* order and does not need to manage its own reorder buffer or BA session
|
|
* timeout.
|
|
*
|
|
* @IEEE80211_HW_USES_RSS: The device uses RSS and thus requires parallel RX,
|
|
* which implies using per-CPU station statistics.
|
|
*
|
|
* @IEEE80211_HW_TX_AMSDU: Hardware (or driver) supports software aggregated
|
|
* A-MSDU frames. Requires software tx queueing and fast-xmit support.
|
|
* When not using minstrel/minstrel_ht rate control, the driver must
|
|
* limit the maximum A-MSDU size based on the current tx rate by setting
|
|
* max_rc_amsdu_len in struct ieee80211_sta.
|
|
*
|
|
* @IEEE80211_HW_TX_FRAG_LIST: Hardware (or driver) supports sending frag_list
|
|
* skbs, needed for zero-copy software A-MSDU.
|
|
*
|
|
* @IEEE80211_HW_REPORTS_LOW_ACK: The driver (or firmware) reports low ack event
|
|
* by ieee80211_report_low_ack() based on its own algorithm. For such
|
|
* drivers, mac80211 packet loss mechanism will not be triggered and driver
|
|
* is completely depending on firmware event for station kickout.
|
|
*
|
|
* @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_TX_FRAG: Hardware does fragmentation by itself.
|
|
* The stack will not do fragmentation.
|
|
* The callback for @set_frag_threshold should be set as well.
|
|
*
|
|
* @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_TDLS_BUFFER_STA: Hardware supports buffer STA on
|
|
* TDLS links.
|
|
*
|
|
* @IEEE80211_HW_DEAUTH_NEED_MGD_TX_PREP: The driver requires the
|
|
* mgd_prepare_tx() callback to be called before transmission of a
|
|
* deauthentication frame in case the association was completed but no
|
|
* beacon was heard. This is required in multi-channel scenarios, where the
|
|
* virtual interface might not be given air time for the transmission of
|
|
* the frame, as it is not synced with the AP/P2P GO yet, and thus the
|
|
* deauthentication frame might not be transmitted.
|
|
*
|
|
* @IEEE80211_HW_DOESNT_SUPPORT_QOS_NDP: The driver (or firmware) doesn't
|
|
* support QoS NDP for AP probing - that's most likely a driver bug.
|
|
*
|
|
* @IEEE80211_HW_BUFF_MMPDU_TXQ: use the TXQ for bufferable MMPDUs, this of
|
|
* course requires the driver to use TXQs to start with.
|
|
*
|
|
* @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_VHT_EXT_NSS_BW: (Hardware) rate control supports VHT
|
|
* extended NSS BW (dot11VHTExtendedNSSBWCapable). This flag will be set if
|
|
* the selected rate control algorithm sets %RATE_CTRL_CAPA_VHT_EXT_NSS_BW
|
|
* but if the rate control is built-in then it must be set by the driver.
|
|
* See also the documentation for that flag.
|
|
*
|
|
* @IEEE80211_HW_STA_MMPDU_TXQ: use the extra non-TID per-station TXQ for all
|
|
* MMPDUs on station interfaces. This of course requires the driver to use
|
|
* TXQs to start with.
|
|
*
|
|
* @IEEE80211_HW_TX_STATUS_NO_AMPDU_LEN: Driver does not report accurate A-MPDU
|
|
* length in tx status information
|
|
*
|
|
* @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_MULTI_BSSID: Hardware supports multi BSSID
|
|
*
|
|
* @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_ONLY_HE_MULTI_BSSID: Hardware supports multi BSSID
|
|
* only for HE APs. Applies if @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_MULTI_BSSID is set.
|
|
*
|
|
* @NUM_IEEE80211_HW_FLAGS: number of hardware flags, used for sizing arrays
|
|
*/
|
|
enum ieee80211_hw_flags {
|
|
IEEE80211_HW_HAS_RATE_CONTROL,
|
|
IEEE80211_HW_RX_INCLUDES_FCS,
|
|
IEEE80211_HW_HOST_BROADCAST_PS_BUFFERING,
|
|
IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_UNSPEC,
|
|
IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_DBM,
|
|
IEEE80211_HW_NEED_DTIM_BEFORE_ASSOC,
|
|
IEEE80211_HW_SPECTRUM_MGMT,
|
|
IEEE80211_HW_AMPDU_AGGREGATION,
|
|
IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PS,
|
|
IEEE80211_HW_PS_NULLFUNC_STACK,
|
|
IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_DYNAMIC_PS,
|
|
IEEE80211_HW_MFP_CAPABLE,
|
|
IEEE80211_HW_WANT_MONITOR_VIF,
|
|
IEEE80211_HW_NO_AUTO_VIF,
|
|
IEEE80211_HW_SW_CRYPTO_CONTROL,
|
|
IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORT_FAST_XMIT,
|
|
IEEE80211_HW_REPORTS_TX_ACK_STATUS,
|
|
IEEE80211_HW_CONNECTION_MONITOR,
|
|
IEEE80211_HW_QUEUE_CONTROL,
|
|
IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PER_STA_GTK,
|
|
IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS,
|
|
IEEE80211_HW_TX_AMPDU_SETUP_IN_HW,
|
|
IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_RC_TABLE,
|
|
IEEE80211_HW_P2P_DEV_ADDR_FOR_INTF,
|
|
IEEE80211_HW_TIMING_BEACON_ONLY,
|
|
IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_HT_CCK_RATES,
|
|
IEEE80211_HW_CHANCTX_STA_CSA,
|
|
IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_CLONED_SKBS,
|
|
IEEE80211_HW_SINGLE_SCAN_ON_ALL_BANDS,
|
|
IEEE80211_HW_TDLS_WIDER_BW,
|
|
IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_AMSDU_IN_AMPDU,
|
|
IEEE80211_HW_BEACON_TX_STATUS,
|
|
IEEE80211_HW_NEEDS_UNIQUE_STA_ADDR,
|
|
IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_REORDERING_BUFFER,
|
|
IEEE80211_HW_USES_RSS,
|
|
IEEE80211_HW_TX_AMSDU,
|
|
IEEE80211_HW_TX_FRAG_LIST,
|
|
IEEE80211_HW_REPORTS_LOW_ACK,
|
|
IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_TX_FRAG,
|
|
IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_TDLS_BUFFER_STA,
|
|
IEEE80211_HW_DEAUTH_NEED_MGD_TX_PREP,
|
|
IEEE80211_HW_DOESNT_SUPPORT_QOS_NDP,
|
|
IEEE80211_HW_BUFF_MMPDU_TXQ,
|
|
IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_VHT_EXT_NSS_BW,
|
|
IEEE80211_HW_STA_MMPDU_TXQ,
|
|
IEEE80211_HW_TX_STATUS_NO_AMPDU_LEN,
|
|
IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_MULTI_BSSID,
|
|
IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_ONLY_HE_MULTI_BSSID,
|
|
|
|
/* keep last, obviously */
|
|
NUM_IEEE80211_HW_FLAGS
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* struct ieee80211_hw - hardware information and state
|
|
*
|
|
* This structure contains the configuration and hardware
|
|
* information for an 802.11 PHY.
|
|
*
|
|
* @wiphy: This points to the &struct wiphy allocated for this
|
|
* 802.11 PHY. You must fill in the @perm_addr and @dev
|
|
* members of this structure using SET_IEEE80211_DEV()
|
|
* and SET_IEEE80211_PERM_ADDR(). Additionally, all supported
|
|
* bands (with channels, bitrates) are registered here.
|
|
*
|
|
* @conf: &struct ieee80211_conf, device configuration, don't use.
|
|
*
|
|
* @priv: pointer to private area that was allocated for driver use
|
|
* along with this structure.
|
|
*
|
|
* @flags: hardware flags, see &enum ieee80211_hw_flags.
|
|
*
|
|
* @extra_tx_headroom: headroom to reserve in each transmit skb
|
|
* for use by the driver (e.g. for transmit headers.)
|
|
*
|
|
* @extra_beacon_tailroom: tailroom to reserve in each beacon tx skb.
|
|
* Can be used by drivers to add extra IEs.
|
|
*
|
|
* @max_signal: Maximum value for signal (rssi) in RX information, used
|
|
* only when @IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_UNSPEC or @IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_DB
|
|
*
|
|
* @max_listen_interval: max listen interval in units of beacon interval
|
|
* that HW supports
|
|
*
|
|
* @queues: number of available hardware transmit queues for
|
|
* data packets. WMM/QoS requires at least four, these
|
|
* queues need to have configurable access parameters.
|
|
*
|
|
* @rate_control_algorithm: rate control algorithm for this hardware.
|
|
* If unset (NULL), the default algorithm will be used. Must be
|
|
* set before calling ieee80211_register_hw().
|
|
*
|
|
* @vif_data_size: size (in bytes) of the drv_priv data area
|
|
* within &struct ieee80211_vif.
|
|
* @sta_data_size: size (in bytes) of the drv_priv data area
|
|
* within &struct ieee80211_sta.
|
|
* @chanctx_data_size: size (in bytes) of the drv_priv data area
|
|
* within &struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf.
|
|
* @txq_data_size: size (in bytes) of the drv_priv data area
|
|
* within @struct ieee80211_txq.
|
|
*
|
|
* @max_rates: maximum number of alternate rate retry stages the hw
|
|
* can handle.
|
|
* @max_report_rates: maximum number of alternate rate retry stages
|
|
* the hw can report back.
|
|
* @max_rate_tries: maximum number of tries for each stage
|
|
*
|
|
* @max_rx_aggregation_subframes: maximum buffer size (number of
|
|
* sub-frames) to be used for A-MPDU block ack receiver
|
|
* aggregation.
|
|
* This is only relevant if the device has restrictions on the
|
|
* number of subframes, if it relies on mac80211 to do reordering
|
|
* it shouldn't be set.
|
|
*
|
|
* @max_tx_aggregation_subframes: maximum number of subframes in an
|
|
* aggregate an HT/HE device will transmit. In HT AddBA we'll
|
|
* advertise a constant value of 64 as some older APs crash if
|
|
* the window size is smaller (an example is LinkSys WRT120N
|
|
* with FW v1.0.07 build 002 Jun 18 2012).
|
|
* For AddBA to HE capable peers this value will be used.
|
|
*
|
|
* @max_tx_fragments: maximum number of tx buffers per (A)-MSDU, sum
|
|
* of 1 + skb_shinfo(skb)->nr_frags for each skb in the frag_list.
|
|
*
|
|
* @offchannel_tx_hw_queue: HW queue ID to use for offchannel TX
|
|
* (if %IEEE80211_HW_QUEUE_CONTROL is set)
|
|
*
|
|
* @radiotap_mcs_details: lists which MCS information can the HW
|
|
* reports, by default it is set to _MCS, _GI and _BW but doesn't
|
|
* include _FMT. Use %IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_MCS_HAVE_\* values, only
|
|
* adding _BW is supported today.
|
|
*
|
|
* @radiotap_vht_details: lists which VHT MCS information the HW reports,
|
|
* the default is _GI | _BANDWIDTH.
|
|
* Use the %IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_VHT_KNOWN_\* values.
|
|
*
|
|
* @radiotap_he: HE radiotap validity flags
|
|
*
|
|
* @radiotap_timestamp: Information for the radiotap timestamp field; if the
|
|
* @units_pos member is set to a non-negative value then the timestamp
|
|
* field will be added and populated from the &struct ieee80211_rx_status
|
|
* device_timestamp.
|
|
* @radiotap_timestamp.units_pos: Must be set to a combination of a
|
|
* IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_TIMESTAMP_UNIT_* and a
|
|
* IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_TIMESTAMP_SPOS_* value.
|
|
* @radiotap_timestamp.accuracy: If non-negative, fills the accuracy in the
|
|
* radiotap field and the accuracy known flag will be set.
|
|
*
|
|
* @netdev_features: netdev features to be set in each netdev created
|
|
* from this HW. Note that not all features are usable with mac80211,
|
|
* other features will be rejected during HW registration.
|
|
*
|
|
* @uapsd_queues: This bitmap is included in (re)association frame to indicate
|
|
* for each access category if it is uAPSD trigger-enabled and delivery-
|
|
* enabled. Use IEEE80211_WMM_IE_STA_QOSINFO_AC_* to set this bitmap.
|
|
* Each bit corresponds to different AC. Value '1' in specific bit means
|
|
* that corresponding AC is both trigger- and delivery-enabled. '0' means
|
|
* neither enabled.
|
|
*
|
|
* @uapsd_max_sp_len: maximum number of total buffered frames the WMM AP may
|
|
* deliver to a WMM STA during any Service Period triggered by the WMM STA.
|
|
* Use IEEE80211_WMM_IE_STA_QOSINFO_SP_* for correct values.
|
|
*
|
|
* @n_cipher_schemes: a size of an array of cipher schemes definitions.
|
|
* @cipher_schemes: a pointer to an array of cipher scheme definitions
|
|
* supported by HW.
|
|
* @max_nan_de_entries: maximum number of NAN DE functions supported by the
|
|
* device.
|
|
*
|
|
* @tx_sk_pacing_shift: Pacing shift to set on TCP sockets when frames from
|
|
* them are encountered. The default should typically not be changed,
|
|
* unless the driver has good reasons for needing more buffers.
|
|
*
|
|
* @weight_multiplier: Driver specific airtime weight multiplier used while
|
|
* refilling deficit of each TXQ.
|
|
*/
|
|
struct ieee80211_hw {
|
|
struct ieee80211_conf conf;
|
|
struct wiphy *wiphy;
|
|
const char *rate_control_algorithm;
|
|
void *priv;
|
|
unsigned long flags[BITS_TO_LONGS(NUM_IEEE80211_HW_FLAGS)];
|
|
unsigned int extra_tx_headroom;
|
|
unsigned int extra_beacon_tailroom;
|
|
int vif_data_size;
|
|
int sta_data_size;
|
|
int chanctx_data_size;
|
|
int txq_data_size;
|
|
u16 queues;
|
|
u16 max_listen_interval;
|
|
s8 max_signal;
|
|
u8 max_rates;
|
|
u8 max_report_rates;
|
|
u8 max_rate_tries;
|
|
u16 max_rx_aggregation_subframes;
|
|
u16 max_tx_aggregation_subframes;
|
|
u8 max_tx_fragments;
|
|
u8 offchannel_tx_hw_queue;
|
|
u8 radiotap_mcs_details;
|
|
u16 radiotap_vht_details;
|
|
struct {
|
|
int units_pos;
|
|
s16 accuracy;
|
|
} radiotap_timestamp;
|
|
netdev_features_t netdev_features;
|
|
u8 uapsd_queues;
|
|
u8 uapsd_max_sp_len;
|
|
u8 n_cipher_schemes;
|
|
const struct ieee80211_cipher_scheme *cipher_schemes;
|
|
u8 max_nan_de_entries;
|
|
u8 tx_sk_pacing_shift;
|
|
u8 weight_multiplier;
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
static inline bool _ieee80211_hw_check(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
|
|
enum ieee80211_hw_flags flg)
|
|
{
|
|
return test_bit(flg, hw->flags);
|
|
}
|
|
#define ieee80211_hw_check(hw, flg) _ieee80211_hw_check(hw, IEEE80211_HW_##flg)
|
|
|
|
static inline void _ieee80211_hw_set(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
|
|
enum ieee80211_hw_flags flg)
|
|
{
|
|
return __set_bit(flg, hw->flags);
|
|
}
|
|
#define ieee80211_hw_set(hw, flg) _ieee80211_hw_set(hw, IEEE80211_HW_##flg)
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* struct ieee80211_scan_request - hw scan request
|
|
*
|
|
* @ies: pointers different parts of IEs (in req.ie)
|
|
* @req: cfg80211 request.
|
|
*/
|
|
struct ieee80211_scan_request {
|
|
struct ieee80211_scan_ies ies;
|
|
|
|
/* Keep last */
|
|
struct cfg80211_scan_request req;
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* struct ieee80211_tdls_ch_sw_params - TDLS channel switch parameters
|
|
*
|
|
* @sta: peer this TDLS channel-switch request/response came from
|
|
* @chandef: channel referenced in a TDLS channel-switch request
|
|
* @action_code: see &enum ieee80211_tdls_actioncode
|
|
* @status: channel-switch response status
|
|
* @timestamp: time at which the frame was received
|
|
* @switch_time: switch-timing parameter received in the frame
|
|
* @switch_timeout: switch-timing parameter received in the frame
|
|
* @tmpl_skb: TDLS switch-channel response template
|
|
* @ch_sw_tm_ie: offset of the channel-switch timing IE inside @tmpl_skb
|
|
*/
|
|
struct ieee80211_tdls_ch_sw_params {
|
|
struct ieee80211_sta *sta;
|
|
struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef;
|
|
u8 action_code;
|
|
u32 status;
|
|
u32 timestamp;
|
|
u16 switch_time;
|
|
u16 switch_timeout;
|
|
struct sk_buff *tmpl_skb;
|
|
u32 ch_sw_tm_ie;
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* wiphy_to_ieee80211_hw - return a mac80211 driver hw struct from a wiphy
|
|
*
|
|
* @wiphy: the &struct wiphy which we want to query
|
|
*
|
|
* mac80211 drivers can use this to get to their respective
|
|
* &struct ieee80211_hw. Drivers wishing to get to their own private
|
|
* structure can then access it via hw->priv. Note that mac802111 drivers should
|
|
* not use wiphy_priv() to try to get their private driver structure as this
|
|
* is already used internally by mac80211.
|
|
*
|
|
* Return: The mac80211 driver hw struct of @wiphy.
|
|
*/
|
|
struct ieee80211_hw *wiphy_to_ieee80211_hw(struct wiphy *wiphy);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* SET_IEEE80211_DEV - set device for 802.11 hardware
|
|
*
|
|
* @hw: the &struct ieee80211_hw to set the device for
|
|
* @dev: the &struct device of this 802.11 device
|
|
*/
|
|
static inline void SET_IEEE80211_DEV(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct device *dev)
|
|
{
|
|
set_wiphy_dev(hw->wiphy, dev);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* SET_IEEE80211_PERM_ADDR - set the permanent MAC address for 802.11 hardware
|
|
*
|
|
* @hw: the &struct ieee80211_hw to set the MAC address for
|
|
* @addr: the address to set
|
|
*/
|
|
static inline void SET_IEEE80211_PERM_ADDR(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, const u8 *addr)
|
|
{
|
|
memcpy(hw->wiphy->perm_addr, addr, ETH_ALEN);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static inline struct ieee80211_rate *
|
|
ieee80211_get_tx_rate(const struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
|
|
const struct ieee80211_tx_info *c)
|
|
{
|
|
if (WARN_ON_ONCE(c->control.rates[0].idx < 0))
|
|
return NULL;
|
|
return &hw->wiphy->bands[c->band]->bitrates[c->control.rates[0].idx];
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static inline struct ieee80211_rate *
|
|
ieee80211_get_rts_cts_rate(const struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
|
|
const struct ieee80211_tx_info *c)
|
|
{
|
|
if (c->control.rts_cts_rate_idx < 0)
|
|
return NULL;
|
|
return &hw->wiphy->bands[c->band]->bitrates[c->control.rts_cts_rate_idx];
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static inline struct ieee80211_rate *
|
|
ieee80211_get_alt_retry_rate(const struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
|
|
const struct ieee80211_tx_info *c, int idx)
|
|
{
|
|
if (c->control.rates[idx + 1].idx < 0)
|
|
return NULL;
|
|
return &hw->wiphy->bands[c->band]->bitrates[c->control.rates[idx + 1].idx];
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* ieee80211_free_txskb - free TX skb
|
|
* @hw: the hardware
|
|
* @skb: the skb
|
|
*
|
|
* Free a transmit skb. Use this funtion when some failure
|
|
* to transmit happened and thus status cannot be reported.
|
|
*/
|
|
void ieee80211_free_txskb(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct sk_buff *skb);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* DOC: Hardware crypto acceleration
|
|
*
|
|
* mac80211 is capable of taking advantage of many hardware
|
|
* acceleration designs for encryption and decryption operations.
|
|
*
|
|
* The set_key() callback in the &struct ieee80211_ops for a given
|
|
* device is called to enable hardware acceleration of encryption and
|
|
* decryption. The callback takes a @sta parameter that will be NULL
|
|
* for default keys or keys used for transmission only, or point to
|
|
* the station information for the peer for individual keys.
|
|
* Multiple transmission keys with the same key index may be used when
|
|
* VLANs are configured for an access point.
|
|
*
|
|
* When transmitting, the TX control data will use the @hw_key_idx
|
|
* selected by the driver by modifying the &struct ieee80211_key_conf
|
|
* pointed to by the @key parameter to the set_key() function.
|
|
*
|
|
* The set_key() call for the %SET_KEY command should return 0 if
|
|
* the key is now in use, -%EOPNOTSUPP or -%ENOSPC if it couldn't be
|
|
* added; if you return 0 then hw_key_idx must be assigned to the
|
|
* hardware key index, you are free to use the full u8 range.
|
|
*
|
|
* Note that in the case that the @IEEE80211_HW_SW_CRYPTO_CONTROL flag is
|
|
* set, mac80211 will not automatically fall back to software crypto if
|
|
* enabling hardware crypto failed. The set_key() call may also return the
|
|
* value 1 to permit this specific key/algorithm to be done in software.
|
|
*
|
|
* When the cmd is %DISABLE_KEY then it must succeed.
|
|
*
|
|
* Note that it is permissible to not decrypt a frame even if a key
|
|
* for it has been uploaded to hardware, the stack will not make any
|
|
* decision based on whether a key has been uploaded or not but rather
|
|
* based on the receive flags.
|
|
*
|
|
* The &struct ieee80211_key_conf structure pointed to by the @key
|
|
* parameter is guaranteed to be valid until another call to set_key()
|
|
* removes it, but it can only be used as a cookie to differentiate
|
|
* keys.
|
|
*
|
|
* In TKIP some HW need to be provided a phase 1 key, for RX decryption
|
|
* acceleration (i.e. iwlwifi). Those drivers should provide update_tkip_key
|
|
* handler.
|
|
* The update_tkip_key() call updates the driver with the new phase 1 key.
|
|
* This happens every time the iv16 wraps around (every 65536 packets). The
|
|
* set_key() call will happen only once for each key (unless the AP did
|
|
* rekeying), it will not include a valid phase 1 key. The valid phase 1 key is
|
|
* provided by update_tkip_key only. The trigger that makes mac80211 call this
|
|
* handler is software decryption with wrap around of iv16.
|
|
*
|
|
* The set_default_unicast_key() call updates the default WEP key index
|
|
* configured to the hardware for WEP encryption type. This is required
|
|
* for devices that support offload of data packets (e.g. ARP responses).
|
|
*
|
|
* Mac80211 drivers should set the @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CAN_REPLACE_PTK0 flag
|
|
* when they are able to replace in-use PTK keys according to to following
|
|
* requirements:
|
|
* 1) They do not hand over frames decrypted with the old key to
|
|
mac80211 once the call to set_key() with command %DISABLE_KEY has been
|
|
completed when also setting @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_IV for any key,
|
|
2) either drop or continue to use the old key for any outgoing frames queued
|
|
at the time of the key deletion (including re-transmits),
|
|
3) never send out a frame queued prior to the set_key() %SET_KEY command
|
|
encrypted with the new key and
|
|
4) never send out a frame unencrypted when it should be encrypted.
|
|
Mac80211 will not queue any new frames for a deleted key to the driver.
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* DOC: Powersave support
|
|
*
|
|
* mac80211 has support for various powersave implementations.
|
|
*
|
|
* First, it can support hardware that handles all powersaving by itself,
|
|
* such hardware should simply set the %IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PS hardware
|
|
* flag. In that case, it will be told about the desired powersave mode
|
|
* with the %IEEE80211_CONF_PS flag depending on the association status.
|
|
* The hardware must take care of sending nullfunc frames when necessary,
|
|
* i.e. when entering and leaving powersave mode. The hardware is required
|
|
* to look at the AID in beacons and signal to the AP that it woke up when
|
|
* it finds traffic directed to it.
|
|
*
|
|
* %IEEE80211_CONF_PS flag enabled means that the powersave mode defined in
|
|
* IEEE 802.11-2007 section 11.2 is enabled. This is not to be confused
|
|
* with hardware wakeup and sleep states. Driver is responsible for waking
|
|
* up the hardware before issuing commands to the hardware and putting it
|
|
* back to sleep at appropriate times.
|
|
*
|
|
* When PS is enabled, hardware needs to wakeup for beacons and receive the
|
|
* buffered multicast/broadcast frames after the beacon. Also it must be
|
|
* possible to send frames and receive the acknowledment frame.
|
|
*
|
|
* Other hardware designs cannot send nullfunc frames by themselves and also
|
|
* need software support for parsing the TIM bitmap. This is also supported
|
|
* by mac80211 by combining the %IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PS and
|
|
* %IEEE80211_HW_PS_NULLFUNC_STACK flags. The hardware is of course still
|
|
* required to pass up beacons. The hardware is still required to handle
|
|
* waking up for multicast traffic; if it cannot the driver must handle that
|
|
* as best as it can, mac80211 is too slow to do that.
|
|
*
|
|
* Dynamic powersave is an extension to normal powersave in which the
|
|
* hardware stays awake for a user-specified period of time after sending a
|
|
* frame so that reply frames need not be buffered and therefore delayed to
|
|
* the next wakeup. It's compromise of getting good enough latency when
|
|
* there's data traffic and still saving significantly power in idle
|
|
* periods.
|
|
*
|
|
* Dynamic powersave is simply supported by mac80211 enabling and disabling
|
|
* PS based on traffic. Driver needs to only set %IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PS
|
|
* flag and mac80211 will handle everything automatically. Additionally,
|
|
* hardware having support for the dynamic PS feature may set the
|
|
* %IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_DYNAMIC_PS flag to indicate that it can support
|
|
* dynamic PS mode itself. The driver needs to look at the
|
|
* @dynamic_ps_timeout hardware configuration value and use it that value
|
|
* whenever %IEEE80211_CONF_PS is set. In this case mac80211 will disable
|
|
* dynamic PS feature in stack and will just keep %IEEE80211_CONF_PS
|
|
* enabled whenever user has enabled powersave.
|
|
*
|
|
* Driver informs U-APSD client support by enabling
|
|
* %IEEE80211_VIF_SUPPORTS_UAPSD flag. The mode is configured through the
|
|
* uapsd parameter in conf_tx() operation. Hardware needs to send the QoS
|
|
* Nullfunc frames and stay awake until the service period has ended. To
|
|
* utilize U-APSD, dynamic powersave is disabled for voip AC and all frames
|
|
* from that AC are transmitted with powersave enabled.
|
|
*
|
|
* Note: U-APSD client mode is not yet supported with
|
|
* %IEEE80211_HW_PS_NULLFUNC_STACK.
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* DOC: Beacon filter support
|
|
*
|
|
* Some hardware have beacon filter support to reduce host cpu wakeups
|
|
* which will reduce system power consumption. It usually works so that
|
|
* the firmware creates a checksum of the beacon but omits all constantly
|
|
* changing elements (TSF, TIM etc). Whenever the checksum changes the
|
|
* beacon is forwarded to the host, otherwise it will be just dropped. That
|
|
* way the host will only receive beacons where some relevant information
|
|
* (for example ERP protection or WMM settings) have changed.
|
|
*
|
|
* Beacon filter support is advertised with the %IEEE80211_VIF_BEACON_FILTER
|
|
* interface capability. The driver needs to enable beacon filter support
|
|
* whenever power save is enabled, that is %IEEE80211_CONF_PS is set. When
|
|
* power save is enabled, the stack will not check for beacon loss and the
|
|
* driver needs to notify about loss of beacons with ieee80211_beacon_loss().
|
|
*
|
|
* The time (or number of beacons missed) until the firmware notifies the
|
|
* driver of a beacon loss event (which in turn causes the driver to call
|
|
* ieee80211_beacon_loss()) should be configurable and will be controlled
|
|
* by mac80211 and the roaming algorithm in the future.
|
|
*
|
|
* Since there may be constantly changing information elements that nothing
|
|
* in the software stack cares about, we will, in the future, have mac80211
|
|
* tell the driver which information elements are interesting in the sense
|
|
* that we want to see changes in them. This will include
|
|
*
|
|
* - a list of information element IDs
|
|
* - a list of OUIs for the vendor information element
|
|
*
|
|
* Ideally, the hardware would filter out any beacons without changes in the
|
|
* requested elements, but if it cannot support that it may, at the expense
|
|
* of some efficiency, filter out only a subset. For example, if the device
|
|
* doesn't support checking for OUIs it should pass up all changes in all
|
|
* vendor information elements.
|
|
*
|
|
* Note that change, for the sake of simplification, also includes information
|
|
* elements appearing or disappearing from the beacon.
|
|
*
|
|
* Some hardware supports an "ignore list" instead, just make sure nothing
|
|
* that was requested is on the ignore list, and include commonly changing
|
|
* information element IDs in the ignore list, for example 11 (BSS load) and
|
|
* the various vendor-assigned IEs with unknown contents (128, 129, 133-136,
|
|
* 149, 150, 155, 156, 173, 176, 178, 179, 219); for forward compatibility
|
|
* it could also include some currently unused IDs.
|
|
*
|
|
*
|
|
* In addition to these capabilities, hardware should support notifying the
|
|
* host of changes in the beacon RSSI. This is relevant to implement roaming
|
|
* when no traffic is flowing (when traffic is flowing we see the RSSI of
|
|
* the received data packets). This can consist in notifying the host when
|
|
* the RSSI changes significantly or when it drops below or rises above
|
|
* configurable thresholds. In the future these thresholds will also be
|
|
* configured by mac80211 (which gets them from userspace) to implement
|
|
* them as the roaming algorithm requires.
|
|
*
|
|
* If the hardware cannot implement this, the driver should ask it to
|
|
* periodically pass beacon frames to the host so that software can do the
|
|
* signal strength threshold checking.
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* DOC: Spatial multiplexing power save
|
|
*
|
|
* SMPS (Spatial multiplexing power save) is a mechanism to conserve
|
|
* power in an 802.11n implementation. For details on the mechanism
|
|
* and rationale, please refer to 802.11 (as amended by 802.11n-2009)
|
|
* "11.2.3 SM power save".
|
|
*
|
|
* The mac80211 implementation is capable of sending action frames
|
|
* to update the AP about the station's SMPS mode, and will instruct
|
|
* the driver to enter the specific mode. It will also announce the
|
|
* requested SMPS mode during the association handshake. Hardware
|
|
* support for this feature is required, and can be indicated by
|
|
* hardware flags.
|
|
*
|
|
* The default mode will be "automatic", which nl80211/cfg80211
|
|
* defines to be dynamic SMPS in (regular) powersave, and SMPS
|
|
* turned off otherwise.
|
|
*
|
|
* To support this feature, the driver must set the appropriate
|
|
* hardware support flags, and handle the SMPS flag to the config()
|
|
* operation. It will then with this mechanism be instructed to
|
|
* enter the requested SMPS mode while associated to an HT AP.
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* DOC: Frame filtering
|
|
*
|
|
* mac80211 requires to see many management frames for proper
|
|
* operation, and users may want to see many more frames when
|
|
* in monitor mode. However, for best CPU usage and power consumption,
|
|
* having as few frames as possible percolate through the stack is
|
|
* desirable. Hence, the hardware should filter as much as possible.
|
|
*
|
|
* To achieve this, mac80211 uses filter flags (see below) to tell
|
|
* the driver's configure_filter() function which frames should be
|
|
* passed to mac80211 and which should be filtered out.
|
|
*
|
|
* Before configure_filter() is invoked, the prepare_multicast()
|
|
* callback is invoked with the parameters @mc_count and @mc_list
|
|
* for the combined multicast address list of all virtual interfaces.
|
|
* It's use is optional, and it returns a u64 that is passed to
|
|
* configure_filter(). Additionally, configure_filter() has the
|
|
* arguments @changed_flags telling which flags were changed and
|
|
* @total_flags with the new flag states.
|
|
*
|
|
* If your device has no multicast address filters your driver will
|
|
* need to check both the %FIF_ALLMULTI flag and the @mc_count
|
|
* parameter to see whether multicast frames should be accepted
|
|
* or dropped.
|
|
*
|
|
* All unsupported flags in @total_flags must be cleared.
|
|
* Hardware does not support a flag if it is incapable of _passing_
|
|
* the frame to the stack. Otherwise the driver must ignore
|
|
* the flag, but not clear it.
|
|
* You must _only_ clear the flag (announce no support for the
|
|
* flag to mac80211) if you are not able to pass the packet type
|
|
* to the stack (so the hardware always filters it).
|
|
* So for example, you should clear @FIF_CONTROL, if your hardware
|
|
* always filters control frames. If your hardware always passes
|
|
* control frames to the kernel and is incapable of filtering them,
|
|
* you do _not_ clear the @FIF_CONTROL flag.
|
|
* This rule applies to all other FIF flags as well.
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* DOC: AP support for powersaving clients
|
|
*
|
|
* In order to implement AP and P2P GO modes, mac80211 has support for
|
|
* client powersaving, both "legacy" PS (PS-Poll/null data) and uAPSD.
|
|
* There currently is no support for sAPSD.
|
|
*
|
|
* There is one assumption that mac80211 makes, namely that a client
|
|
* will not poll with PS-Poll and trigger with uAPSD at the same time.
|
|
* Both are supported, and both can be used by the same client, but
|
|
* they can't be used concurrently by the same client. This simplifies
|
|
* the driver code.
|
|
*
|
|
* The first thing to keep in mind is that there is a flag for complete
|
|
* driver implementation: %IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS. If this flag is set,
|
|
* mac80211 expects the driver to handle most of the state machine for
|
|
* powersaving clients and will ignore the PM bit in incoming frames.
|
|
* Drivers then use ieee80211_sta_ps_transition() to inform mac80211 of
|
|
* stations' powersave transitions. In this mode, mac80211 also doesn't
|
|
* handle PS-Poll/uAPSD.
|
|
*
|
|
* In the mode without %IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS, mac80211 will check the
|
|
* PM bit in incoming frames for client powersave transitions. When a
|
|
* station goes to sleep, we will stop transmitting to it. There is,
|
|
* however, a race condition: a station might go to sleep while there is
|
|
* data buffered on hardware queues. If the device has support for this
|
|
* it will reject frames, and the driver should give the frames back to
|
|
* mac80211 with the %IEEE80211_TX_STAT_TX_FILTERED flag set which will
|
|
* cause mac80211 to retry the frame when the station wakes up. The
|
|
* driver is also notified of powersave transitions by calling its
|
|
* @sta_notify callback.
|
|
*
|
|
* When the station is asleep, it has three choices: it can wake up,
|
|
* it can PS-Poll, or it can possibly start a uAPSD service period.
|
|
* Waking up is implemented by simply transmitting all buffered (and
|
|
* filtered) frames to the station. This is the easiest case. When
|
|
* the station sends a PS-Poll or a uAPSD trigger frame, mac80211
|
|
* will inform the driver of this with the @allow_buffered_frames
|
|
* callback; this callback is optional. mac80211 will then transmit
|
|
* the frames as usual and set the %IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_PS_BUFFER
|
|
* on each frame. The last frame in the service period (or the only
|
|
* response to a PS-Poll) also has %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP set to
|
|
* indicate that it ends the service period; as this frame must have
|
|
* TX status report it also sets %IEEE80211_TX_CTL_REQ_TX_STATUS.
|
|
* When TX status is reported for this frame, the service period is
|
|
* marked has having ended and a new one can be started by the peer.
|
|
*
|
|
* Additionally, non-bufferable MMPDUs can also be transmitted by
|
|
* mac80211 with the %IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_PS_BUFFER set in them.
|
|
*
|
|
* Another race condition can happen on some devices like iwlwifi
|
|
* when there are frames queued for the station and it wakes up
|
|
* or polls; the frames that are already queued could end up being
|
|
* transmitted first instead, causing reordering and/or wrong
|
|
* processing of the EOSP. The cause is that allowing frames to be
|
|
* transmitted to a certain station is out-of-band communication to
|
|
* the device. To allow this problem to be solved, the driver can
|
|
* call ieee80211_sta_block_awake() if frames are buffered when it
|
|
* is notified that the station went to sleep. When all these frames
|
|
* have been filtered (see above), it must call the function again
|
|
* to indicate that the station is no longer blocked.
|
|
*
|
|
* If the driver buffers frames in the driver for aggregation in any
|
|
* way, it must use the ieee80211_sta_set_buffered() call when it is
|
|
* notified of the station going to sleep to inform mac80211 of any
|
|
* TIDs that have frames buffered. Note that when a station wakes up
|
|
* this information is reset (hence the requirement to call it when
|
|
* informed of the station going to sleep). Then, when a service
|
|
* period starts for any reason, @release_buffered_frames is called
|
|
* with the number of frames to be released and which TIDs they are
|
|
* to come from. In this case, the driver is responsible for setting
|
|
* the EOSP (for uAPSD) and MORE_DATA bits in the released frames,
|
|
* to help the @more_data parameter is passed to tell the driver if
|
|
* there is more data on other TIDs -- the TIDs to release frames
|
|
* from are ignored since mac80211 doesn't know how many frames the
|
|
* buffers for those TIDs contain.
|
|
*
|
|
* If the driver also implement GO mode, where absence periods may
|
|
* shorten service periods (or abort PS-Poll responses), it must
|
|
* filter those response frames except in the case of frames that
|
|
* are buffered in the driver -- those must remain buffered to avoid
|
|
* reordering. Because it is possible that no frames are released
|
|
* in this case, the driver must call ieee80211_sta_eosp()
|
|
* to indicate to mac80211 that the service period ended anyway.
|
|
*
|
|
* Finally, if frames from multiple TIDs are released from mac80211
|
|
* but the driver might reorder them, it must clear & set the flags
|
|
* appropriately (only the last frame may have %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP)
|
|
* and also take care of the EOSP and MORE_DATA bits in the frame.
|
|
* The driver may also use ieee80211_sta_eosp() in this case.
|
|
*
|
|
* Note that if the driver ever buffers frames other than QoS-data
|
|
* frames, it must take care to never send a non-QoS-data frame as
|
|
* the last frame in a service period, adding a QoS-nulldata frame
|
|
* after a non-QoS-data frame if needed.
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* DOC: HW queue control
|
|
*
|
|
* Before HW queue control was introduced, mac80211 only had a single static
|
|
* assignment of per-interface AC software queues to hardware queues. This
|
|
* was problematic for a few reasons:
|
|
* 1) off-channel transmissions might get stuck behind other frames
|
|
* 2) multiple virtual interfaces couldn't be handled correctly
|
|
* 3) after-DTIM frames could get stuck behind other frames
|
|
*
|
|
* To solve this, hardware typically uses multiple different queues for all
|
|
* the different usages, and this needs to be propagated into mac80211 so it
|
|
* won't have the same problem with the software queues.
|
|
*
|
|
* Therefore, mac80211 now offers the %IEEE80211_HW_QUEUE_CONTROL capability
|
|
* flag that tells it that the driver implements its own queue control. To do
|
|
* so, the driver will set up the various queues in each &struct ieee80211_vif
|
|
* and the offchannel queue in &struct ieee80211_hw. In response, mac80211 will
|
|
* use those queue IDs in the hw_queue field of &struct ieee80211_tx_info and
|
|
* if necessary will queue the frame on the right software queue that mirrors
|
|
* the hardware queue.
|
|
* Additionally, the driver has to then use these HW queue IDs for the queue
|
|
* management functions (ieee80211_stop_queue() et al.)
|
|
*
|
|
* The driver is free to set up the queue mappings as needed, multiple virtual
|
|
* interfaces may map to the same hardware queues if needed. The setup has to
|
|
* happen during add_interface or change_interface callbacks. For example, a
|
|
* driver supporting station+station and station+AP modes might decide to have
|
|
* 10 hardware queues to handle different scenarios:
|
|
*
|
|
* 4 AC HW queues for 1st vif: 0, 1, 2, 3
|
|
* 4 AC HW queues for 2nd vif: 4, 5, 6, 7
|
|
* after-DTIM queue for AP: 8
|
|
* off-channel queue: 9
|
|
*
|
|
* It would then set up the hardware like this:
|
|
* hw.offchannel_tx_hw_queue = 9
|
|
*
|
|
* and the first virtual interface that is added as follows:
|
|
* vif.hw_queue[IEEE80211_AC_VO] = 0
|
|
* vif.hw_queue[IEEE80211_AC_VI] = 1
|
|
* vif.hw_queue[IEEE80211_AC_BE] = 2
|
|
* vif.hw_queue[IEEE80211_AC_BK] = 3
|
|
* vif.cab_queue = 8 // if AP mode, otherwise %IEEE80211_INVAL_HW_QUEUE
|
|
* and the second virtual interface with 4-7.
|
|
*
|
|
* If queue 6 gets full, for example, mac80211 would only stop the second
|
|
* virtual interface's BE queue since virtual interface queues are per AC.
|
|
*
|
|
* Note that the vif.cab_queue value should be set to %IEEE80211_INVAL_HW_QUEUE
|
|
* whenever the queue is not used (i.e. the interface is not in AP mode) if the
|
|
* queue could potentially be shared since mac80211 will look at cab_queue when
|
|
* a queue is stopped/woken even if the interface is not in AP mode.
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* enum ieee80211_filter_flags - hardware filter flags
|
|
*
|
|
* These flags determine what the filter in hardware should be
|
|
* programmed to let through and what should not be passed to the
|
|
* stack. It is always safe to pass more frames than requested,
|
|
* but this has negative impact on power consumption.
|
|
*
|
|
* @FIF_ALLMULTI: pass all multicast frames, this is used if requested
|
|
* by the user or if the hardware is not capable of filtering by
|
|
* multicast address.
|
|
*
|
|
* @FIF_FCSFAIL: pass frames with failed FCS (but you need to set the
|
|
* %RX_FLAG_FAILED_FCS_CRC for them)
|
|
*
|
|
* @FIF_PLCPFAIL: pass frames with failed PLCP CRC (but you need to set
|
|
* the %RX_FLAG_FAILED_PLCP_CRC for them
|
|
*
|
|
* @FIF_BCN_PRBRESP_PROMISC: This flag is set during scanning to indicate
|
|
* to the hardware that it should not filter beacons or probe responses
|
|
* by BSSID. Filtering them can greatly reduce the amount of processing
|
|
* mac80211 needs to do and the amount of CPU wakeups, so you should
|
|
* honour this flag if possible.
|
|
*
|
|
* @FIF_CONTROL: pass control frames (except for PS Poll) addressed to this
|
|
* station
|
|
*
|
|
* @FIF_OTHER_BSS: pass frames destined to other BSSes
|
|
*
|
|
* @FIF_PSPOLL: pass PS Poll frames
|
|
*
|
|
* @FIF_PROBE_REQ: pass probe request frames
|
|
*/
|
|
enum ieee80211_filter_flags {
|
|
FIF_ALLMULTI = 1<<1,
|
|
FIF_FCSFAIL = 1<<2,
|
|
FIF_PLCPFAIL = 1<<3,
|
|
FIF_BCN_PRBRESP_PROMISC = 1<<4,
|
|
FIF_CONTROL = 1<<5,
|
|
FIF_OTHER_BSS = 1<<6,
|
|
FIF_PSPOLL = 1<<7,
|
|
FIF_PROBE_REQ = 1<<8,
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* enum ieee80211_ampdu_mlme_action - A-MPDU actions
|
|
*
|
|
* These flags are used with the ampdu_action() callback in
|
|
* &struct ieee80211_ops to indicate which action is needed.
|
|
*
|
|
* Note that drivers MUST be able to deal with a TX aggregation
|
|
* session being stopped even before they OK'ed starting it by
|
|
* calling ieee80211_start_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe, because the peer
|
|
* might receive the addBA frame and send a delBA right away!
|
|
*
|
|
* @IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_START: start RX aggregation
|
|
* @IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_STOP: stop RX aggregation
|
|
* @IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_START: start TX aggregation
|
|
* @IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_OPERATIONAL: TX aggregation has become operational
|
|
* @IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_STOP_CONT: stop TX aggregation but continue transmitting
|
|
* queued packets, now unaggregated. After all packets are transmitted the
|
|
* driver has to call ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe().
|
|
* @IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_STOP_FLUSH: stop TX aggregation and flush all packets,
|
|
* called when the station is removed. There's no need or reason to call
|
|
* ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe() in this case as mac80211 assumes the
|
|
* session is gone and removes the station.
|
|
* @IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_STOP_FLUSH_CONT: called when TX aggregation is stopped
|
|
* but the driver hasn't called ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe() yet and
|
|
* now the connection is dropped and the station will be removed. Drivers
|
|
* should clean up and drop remaining packets when this is called.
|
|
*/
|
|
enum ieee80211_ampdu_mlme_action {
|
|
IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_START,
|
|
IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_STOP,
|
|
IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_START,
|
|
IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_STOP_CONT,
|
|
IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_STOP_FLUSH,
|
|
IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_STOP_FLUSH_CONT,
|
|
IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_OPERATIONAL,
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* struct ieee80211_ampdu_params - AMPDU action parameters
|
|
*
|
|
* @action: the ampdu action, value from %ieee80211_ampdu_mlme_action.
|
|
* @sta: peer of this AMPDU session
|
|
* @tid: tid of the BA session
|
|
* @ssn: start sequence number of the session. TX/RX_STOP can pass 0. When
|
|
* action is set to %IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_START the driver passes back the
|
|
* actual ssn value used to start the session and writes the value here.
|
|
* @buf_size: reorder buffer size (number of subframes). Valid only when the
|
|
* action is set to %IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_START or
|
|
* %IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_OPERATIONAL
|
|
* @amsdu: indicates the peer's ability to receive A-MSDU within A-MPDU.
|
|
* valid when the action is set to %IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_OPERATIONAL
|
|
* @timeout: BA session timeout. Valid only when the action is set to
|
|
* %IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_START
|
|
*/
|
|
struct ieee80211_ampdu_params {
|
|
enum ieee80211_ampdu_mlme_action action;
|
|
struct ieee80211_sta *sta;
|
|
u16 tid;
|
|
u16 ssn;
|
|
u16 buf_size;
|
|
bool amsdu;
|
|
u16 timeout;
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* enum ieee80211_frame_release_type - frame release reason
|
|
* @IEEE80211_FRAME_RELEASE_PSPOLL: frame released for PS-Poll
|
|
* @IEEE80211_FRAME_RELEASE_UAPSD: frame(s) released due to
|
|
* frame received on trigger-enabled AC
|
|
*/
|
|
enum ieee80211_frame_release_type {
|
|
IEEE80211_FRAME_RELEASE_PSPOLL,
|
|
IEEE80211_FRAME_RELEASE_UAPSD,
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* enum ieee80211_rate_control_changed - flags to indicate what changed
|
|
*
|
|
* @IEEE80211_RC_BW_CHANGED: The bandwidth that can be used to transmit
|
|
* to this station changed. The actual bandwidth is in the station
|
|
* information -- for HT20/40 the IEEE80211_HT_CAP_SUP_WIDTH_20_40
|
|
* flag changes, for HT and VHT the bandwidth field changes.
|
|
* @IEEE80211_RC_SMPS_CHANGED: The SMPS state of the station changed.
|
|
* @IEEE80211_RC_SUPP_RATES_CHANGED: The supported rate set of this peer
|
|
* changed (in IBSS mode) due to discovering more information about
|
|
* the peer.
|
|
* @IEEE80211_RC_NSS_CHANGED: N_SS (number of spatial streams) was changed
|
|
* by the peer
|
|
*/
|
|
enum ieee80211_rate_control_changed {
|
|
IEEE80211_RC_BW_CHANGED = BIT(0),
|
|
IEEE80211_RC_SMPS_CHANGED = BIT(1),
|
|
IEEE80211_RC_SUPP_RATES_CHANGED = BIT(2),
|
|
IEEE80211_RC_NSS_CHANGED = BIT(3),
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* enum ieee80211_roc_type - remain on channel type
|
|
*
|
|
* With the support for multi channel contexts and multi channel operations,
|
|
* remain on channel operations might be limited/deferred/aborted by other
|
|
* flows/operations which have higher priority (and vise versa).
|
|
* Specifying the ROC type can be used by devices to prioritize the ROC
|
|
* operations compared to other operations/flows.
|
|
*
|
|
* @IEEE80211_ROC_TYPE_NORMAL: There are no special requirements for this ROC.
|
|
* @IEEE80211_ROC_TYPE_MGMT_TX: The remain on channel request is required
|
|
* for sending managment frames offchannel.
|
|
*/
|
|
enum ieee80211_roc_type {
|
|
IEEE80211_ROC_TYPE_NORMAL = 0,
|
|
IEEE80211_ROC_TYPE_MGMT_TX,
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* enum ieee80211_reconfig_complete_type - reconfig type
|
|
*
|
|
* This enum is used by the reconfig_complete() callback to indicate what
|
|
* reconfiguration type was completed.
|
|
*
|
|
* @IEEE80211_RECONFIG_TYPE_RESTART: hw restart type
|
|
* (also due to resume() callback returning 1)
|
|
* @IEEE80211_RECONFIG_TYPE_SUSPEND: suspend type (regardless
|
|
* of wowlan configuration)
|
|
*/
|
|
enum ieee80211_reconfig_type {
|
|
IEEE80211_RECONFIG_TYPE_RESTART,
|
|
IEEE80211_RECONFIG_TYPE_SUSPEND,
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* struct ieee80211_ops - callbacks from mac80211 to the driver
|
|
*
|
|
* This structure contains various callbacks that the driver may
|
|
* handle or, in some cases, must handle, for example to configure
|
|
* the hardware to a new channel or to transmit a frame.
|
|
*
|
|
* @tx: Handler that 802.11 module calls for each transmitted frame.
|
|
* skb contains the buffer starting from the IEEE 802.11 header.
|
|
* The low-level driver should send the frame out based on
|
|
* configuration in the TX control data. This handler should,
|
|
* preferably, never fail and stop queues appropriately.
|
|
* Must be atomic.
|
|
*
|
|
* @start: Called before the first netdevice attached to the hardware
|
|
* is enabled. This should turn on the hardware and must turn on
|
|
* frame reception (for possibly enabled monitor interfaces.)
|
|
* Returns negative error codes, these may be seen in userspace,
|
|
* or zero.
|
|
* When the device is started it should not have a MAC address
|
|
* to avoid acknowledging frames before a non-monitor device
|
|
* is added.
|
|
* Must be implemented and can sleep.
|
|
*
|
|
* @stop: Called after last netdevice attached to the hardware
|
|
* is disabled. This should turn off the hardware (at least
|
|
* it must turn off frame reception.)
|
|
* May be called right after add_interface if that rejects
|
|
* an interface. If you added any work onto the mac80211 workqueue
|
|
* you should ensure to cancel it on this callback.
|
|
* Must be implemented and can sleep.
|
|
*
|
|
* @suspend: Suspend the device; mac80211 itself will quiesce before and
|
|
* stop transmitting and doing any other configuration, and then
|
|
* ask the device to suspend. This is only invoked when WoWLAN is
|
|
* configured, otherwise the device is deconfigured completely and
|
|
* reconfigured at resume time.
|
|
* The driver may also impose special conditions under which it
|
|
* wants to use the "normal" suspend (deconfigure), say if it only
|
|
* supports WoWLAN when the device is associated. In this case, it
|
|
* must return 1 from this function.
|
|
*
|
|
* @resume: If WoWLAN was configured, this indicates that mac80211 is
|
|
* now resuming its operation, after this the device must be fully
|
|
* functional again. If this returns an error, the only way out is
|
|
* to also unregister the device. If it returns 1, then mac80211
|
|
* will also go through the regular complete restart on resume.
|
|
*
|
|
* @set_wakeup: Enable or disable wakeup when WoWLAN configuration is
|
|
* modified. The reason is that device_set_wakeup_enable() is
|
|
* supposed to be called when the configuration changes, not only
|
|
* in suspend().
|
|
*
|
|
* @add_interface: Called when a netdevice attached to the hardware is
|
|
* enabled. Because it is not called for monitor mode devices, @start
|
|
* and @stop must be implemented.
|
|
* The driver should perform any initialization it needs before
|
|
* the device can be enabled. The initial configuration for the
|
|
* interface is given in the conf parameter.
|
|
* The callback may refuse to add an interface by returning a
|
|
* negative error code (which will be seen in userspace.)
|
|
* Must be implemented and can sleep.
|
|
*
|
|
* @change_interface: Called when a netdevice changes type. This callback
|
|
* is optional, but only if it is supported can interface types be
|
|
* switched while the interface is UP. The callback may sleep.
|
|
* Note that while an interface is being switched, it will not be
|
|
* found by the interface iteration callbacks.
|
|
*
|
|
* @remove_interface: Notifies a driver that an interface is going down.
|
|
* The @stop callback is called after this if it is the last interface
|
|
* and no monitor interfaces are present.
|
|
* When all interfaces are removed, the MAC address in the hardware
|
|
* must be cleared so the device no longer acknowledges packets,
|
|
* the mac_addr member of the conf structure is, however, set to the
|
|
* MAC address of the device going away.
|
|
* Hence, this callback must be implemented. It can sleep.
|
|
*
|
|
* @config: Handler for configuration requests. IEEE 802.11 code calls this
|
|
* function to change hardware configuration, e.g., channel.
|
|
* This function should never fail but returns a negative error code
|
|
* if it does. The callback can sleep.
|
|
*
|
|
* @bss_info_changed: Handler for configuration requests related to BSS
|
|
* parameters that may vary during BSS's lifespan, and may affect low
|
|
* level driver (e.g. assoc/disassoc status, erp parameters).
|
|
* This function should not be used if no BSS has been set, unless
|
|
* for association indication. The @changed parameter indicates which
|
|
* of the bss parameters has changed when a call is made. The callback
|
|
* can sleep.
|
|
*
|
|
* @prepare_multicast: Prepare for multicast filter configuration.
|
|
* This callback is optional, and its return value is passed
|
|
* to configure_filter(). This callback must be atomic.
|
|
*
|
|
* @configure_filter: Configure the device's RX filter.
|
|
* See the section "Frame filtering" for more information.
|
|
* This callback must be implemented and can sleep.
|
|
*
|
|
* @config_iface_filter: Configure the interface's RX filter.
|
|
* This callback is optional and is used to configure which frames
|
|
* should be passed to mac80211. The filter_flags is the combination
|
|
* of FIF_* flags. The changed_flags is a bit mask that indicates
|
|
* which flags are changed.
|
|
* This callback can sleep.
|
|
*
|
|
* @set_tim: Set TIM bit. mac80211 calls this function when a TIM bit
|
|
* must be set or cleared for a given STA. Must be atomic.
|
|
*
|
|
* @set_key: See the section "Hardware crypto acceleration"
|
|
* This callback is only called between add_interface and
|
|
* remove_interface calls, i.e. while the given virtual interface
|
|
* is enabled.
|
|
* Returns a negative error code if the key can't be added.
|
|
* The callback can sleep.
|
|
*
|
|
* @update_tkip_key: See the section "Hardware crypto acceleration"
|
|
* This callback will be called in the context of Rx. Called for drivers
|
|
* which set IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_TKIP_REQ_RX_P1_KEY.
|
|
* The callback must be atomic.
|
|
*
|
|
* @set_rekey_data: If the device supports GTK rekeying, for example while the
|
|
* host is suspended, it can assign this callback to retrieve the data
|
|
* necessary to do GTK rekeying, this is the KEK, KCK and replay counter.
|
|
* After rekeying was done it should (for example during resume) notify
|
|
* userspace of the new replay counter using ieee80211_gtk_rekey_notify().
|
|
*
|
|
* @set_default_unicast_key: Set the default (unicast) key index, useful for
|
|
* WEP when the device sends data packets autonomously, e.g. for ARP
|
|
* offloading. The index can be 0-3, or -1 for unsetting it.
|
|
*
|
|
* @hw_scan: Ask the hardware to service the scan request, no need to start
|
|
* the scan state machine in stack. The scan must honour the channel
|
|
* configuration done by the regulatory agent in the wiphy's
|
|
* registered bands. The hardware (or the driver) needs to make sure
|
|
* that power save is disabled.
|
|
* The @req ie/ie_len members are rewritten by mac80211 to contain the
|
|
* entire IEs after the SSID, so that drivers need not look at these
|
|
* at all but just send them after the SSID -- mac80211 includes the
|
|
* (extended) supported rates and HT information (where applicable).
|
|
* When the scan finishes, ieee80211_scan_completed() must be called;
|
|
* note that it also must be called when the scan cannot finish due to
|
|
* any error unless this callback returned a negative error code.
|
|
* This callback is also allowed to return the special return value 1,
|
|
* this indicates that hardware scan isn't desirable right now and a
|
|
* software scan should be done instead. A driver wishing to use this
|
|
* capability must ensure its (hardware) scan capabilities aren't
|
|
* advertised as more capable than mac80211's software scan is.
|
|
* The callback can sleep.
|
|
*
|
|
* @cancel_hw_scan: Ask the low-level tp cancel the active hw scan.
|
|
* The driver should ask the hardware to cancel the scan (if possible),
|
|
* but the scan will be completed only after the driver will call
|
|
* ieee80211_scan_completed().
|
|
* This callback is needed for wowlan, to prevent enqueueing a new
|
|
* scan_work after the low-level driver was already suspended.
|
|
* The callback can sleep.
|
|
*
|
|
* @sched_scan_start: Ask the hardware to start scanning repeatedly at
|
|
* specific intervals. The driver must call the
|
|
* ieee80211_sched_scan_results() function whenever it finds results.
|
|
* This process will continue until sched_scan_stop is called.
|
|
*
|
|
* @sched_scan_stop: Tell the hardware to stop an ongoing scheduled scan.
|
|
* In this case, ieee80211_sched_scan_stopped() must not be called.
|
|
*
|
|
* @sw_scan_start: Notifier function that is called just before a software scan
|
|
* is started. Can be NULL, if the driver doesn't need this notification.
|
|
* The mac_addr parameter allows supporting NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR,
|
|
* the driver may set the NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR flag if it
|
|
* can use this parameter. The callback can sleep.
|
|
*
|
|
* @sw_scan_complete: Notifier function that is called just after a
|
|
* software scan finished. Can be NULL, if the driver doesn't need
|
|
* this notification.
|
|
* The callback can sleep.
|
|
*
|
|
* @get_stats: Return low-level statistics.
|
|
* Returns zero if statistics are available.
|
|
* The callback can sleep.
|
|
*
|
|
* @get_key_seq: If your device implements encryption in hardware and does
|
|
* IV/PN assignment then this callback should be provided to read the
|
|
* IV/PN for the given key from hardware.
|
|
* The callback must be atomic.
|
|
*
|
|
* @set_frag_threshold: Configuration of fragmentation threshold. Assign this
|
|
* if the device does fragmentation by itself. Note that to prevent the
|
|
* stack from doing fragmentation IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_TX_FRAG
|
|
* should be set as well.
|
|
* The callback can sleep.
|
|
*
|
|
* @set_rts_threshold: Configuration of RTS threshold (if device needs it)
|
|
* The callback can sleep.
|
|
*
|
|
* @sta_add: Notifies low level driver about addition of an associated station,
|
|
* AP, IBSS/WDS/mesh peer etc. This callback can sleep.
|
|
*
|
|
* @sta_remove: Notifies low level driver about removal of an associated
|
|
* station, AP, IBSS/WDS/mesh peer etc. Note that after the callback
|
|
* returns it isn't safe to use the pointer, not even RCU protected;
|
|
* no RCU grace period is guaranteed between returning here and freeing
|
|
* the station. See @sta_pre_rcu_remove if needed.
|
|
* This callback can sleep.
|
|
*
|
|
* @sta_add_debugfs: Drivers can use this callback to add debugfs files
|
|
* when a station is added to mac80211's station list. This callback
|
|
* should be within a CONFIG_MAC80211_DEBUGFS conditional. This
|
|
* callback can sleep.
|
|
*
|
|
* @sta_notify: Notifies low level driver about power state transition of an
|
|
* associated station, AP, IBSS/WDS/mesh peer etc. For a VIF operating
|
|
* in AP mode, this callback will not be called when the flag
|
|
* %IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS is set. Must be atomic.
|
|
*
|
|
* @sta_state: Notifies low level driver about state transition of a
|
|
* station (which can be the AP, a client, IBSS/WDS/mesh peer etc.)
|
|
* This callback is mutually exclusive with @sta_add/@sta_remove.
|
|
* It must not fail for down transitions but may fail for transitions
|
|
* up the list of states. Also note that after the callback returns it
|
|
* isn't safe to use the pointer, not even RCU protected - no RCU grace
|
|
* period is guaranteed between returning here and freeing the station.
|
|
* See @sta_pre_rcu_remove if needed.
|
|
* The callback can sleep.
|
|
*
|
|
* @sta_pre_rcu_remove: Notify driver about station removal before RCU
|
|
* synchronisation. This is useful if a driver needs to have station
|
|
* pointers protected using RCU, it can then use this call to clear
|
|
* the pointers instead of waiting for an RCU grace period to elapse
|
|
* in @sta_state.
|
|
* The callback can sleep.
|
|
*
|
|
* @sta_rc_update: Notifies the driver of changes to the bitrates that can be
|
|
* used to transmit to the station. The changes are advertised with bits
|
|
* from &enum ieee80211_rate_control_changed and the values are reflected
|
|
* in the station data. This callback should only be used when the driver
|
|
* uses hardware rate control (%IEEE80211_HW_HAS_RATE_CONTROL) since
|
|
* otherwise the rate control algorithm is notified directly.
|
|
* Must be atomic.
|
|
* @sta_rate_tbl_update: Notifies the driver that the rate table changed. This
|
|
* is only used if the configured rate control algorithm actually uses
|
|
* the new rate table API, and is therefore optional. Must be atomic.
|
|
*
|
|
* @sta_statistics: Get statistics for this station. For example with beacon
|
|
* filtering, the statistics kept by mac80211 might not be accurate, so
|
|
* let the driver pre-fill the statistics. The driver can fill most of
|
|
* the values (indicating which by setting the filled bitmap), but not
|
|
* all of them make sense - see the source for which ones are possible.
|
|
* Statistics that the driver doesn't fill will be filled by mac80211.
|
|
* The callback can sleep.
|
|
*
|
|
* @conf_tx: Configure TX queue parameters (EDCF (aifs, cw_min, cw_max),
|
|
* bursting) for a hardware TX queue.
|
|
* Returns a negative error code on failure.
|
|
* The callback can sleep.
|
|
*
|
|
* @get_tsf: Get the current TSF timer value from firmware/hardware. Currently,
|
|
* this is only used for IBSS mode BSSID merging and debugging. Is not a
|
|
* required function.
|
|
* The callback can sleep.
|
|
*
|
|
* @set_tsf: Set the TSF timer to the specified value in the firmware/hardware.
|
|
* Currently, this is only used for IBSS mode debugging. Is not a
|
|
* required function.
|
|
* The callback can sleep.
|
|
*
|
|
* @offset_tsf: Offset the TSF timer by the specified value in the
|
|
* firmware/hardware. Preferred to set_tsf as it avoids delay between
|
|
* calling set_tsf() and hardware getting programmed, which will show up
|
|
* as TSF delay. Is not a required function.
|
|
* The callback can sleep.
|
|
*
|
|
* @reset_tsf: Reset the TSF timer and allow firmware/hardware to synchronize
|
|
* with other STAs in the IBSS. This is only used in IBSS mode. This
|
|
* function is optional if the firmware/hardware takes full care of
|
|
* TSF synchronization.
|
|
* The callback can sleep.
|
|
*
|
|
* @tx_last_beacon: Determine whether the last IBSS beacon was sent by us.
|
|
* This is needed only for IBSS mode and the result of this function is
|
|
* used to determine whether to reply to Probe Requests.
|
|
* Returns non-zero if this device sent the last beacon.
|
|
* The callback can sleep.
|
|
*
|
|
* @get_survey: Return per-channel survey information
|
|
*
|
|
* @rfkill_poll: Poll rfkill hardware state. If you need this, you also
|
|
* need to set wiphy->rfkill_poll to %true before registration,
|
|
* and need to call wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state() in the callback.
|
|
* The callback can sleep.
|
|
*
|
|
* @set_coverage_class: Set slot time for given coverage class as specified
|
|
* in IEEE 802.11-2007 section 17.3.8.6 and modify ACK timeout
|
|
* accordingly; coverage class equals to -1 to enable ACK timeout
|
|
* estimation algorithm (dynack). To disable dynack set valid value for
|
|
* coverage class. This callback is not required and may sleep.
|
|
*
|
|
* @testmode_cmd: Implement a cfg80211 test mode command. The passed @vif may
|
|
* be %NULL. The callback can sleep.
|
|
* @testmode_dump: Implement a cfg80211 test mode dump. The callback can sleep.
|
|
*
|
|
* @flush: Flush all pending frames from the hardware queue, making sure
|
|
* that the hardware queues are empty. The @queues parameter is a bitmap
|
|
* of queues to flush, which is useful if different virtual interfaces
|
|
* use different hardware queues; it may also indicate all queues.
|
|
* If the parameter @drop is set to %true, pending frames may be dropped.
|
|
* Note that vif can be NULL.
|
|
* The callback can sleep.
|
|
*
|
|
* @channel_switch: Drivers that need (or want) to offload the channel
|
|
* switch operation for CSAs received from the AP may implement this
|
|
* callback. They must then call ieee80211_chswitch_done() to indicate
|
|
* completion of the channel switch.
|
|
*
|
|
* @set_antenna: Set antenna configuration (tx_ant, rx_ant) on the device.
|
|
* Parameters are bitmaps of allowed antennas to use for TX/RX. Drivers may
|
|
* reject TX/RX mask combinations they cannot support by returning -EINVAL
|
|
* (also see nl80211.h @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX).
|
|
*
|
|
* @get_antenna: Get current antenna configuration from device (tx_ant, rx_ant).
|
|
*
|
|
* @remain_on_channel: Starts an off-channel period on the given channel, must
|
|
* call back to ieee80211_ready_on_channel() when on that channel. Note
|
|
* that normal channel traffic is not stopped as this is intended for hw
|
|
* offload. Frames to transmit on the off-channel channel are transmitted
|
|
* normally except for the %IEEE80211_TX_CTL_TX_OFFCHAN flag. When the
|
|
* duration (which will always be non-zero) expires, the driver must call
|
|
* ieee80211_remain_on_channel_expired().
|
|
* Note that this callback may be called while the device is in IDLE and
|
|
* must be accepted in this case.
|
|
* This callback may sleep.
|
|
* @cancel_remain_on_channel: Requests that an ongoing off-channel period is
|
|
* aborted before it expires. This callback may sleep.
|
|
*
|
|
* @set_ringparam: Set tx and rx ring sizes.
|
|
*
|
|
* @get_ringparam: Get tx and rx ring current and maximum sizes.
|
|
*
|
|
* @tx_frames_pending: Check if there is any pending frame in the hardware
|
|
* queues before entering power save.
|
|
*
|
|
* @set_bitrate_mask: Set a mask of rates to be used for rate control selection
|
|
* when transmitting a frame. Currently only legacy rates are handled.
|
|
* The callback can sleep.
|
|
* @event_callback: Notify driver about any event in mac80211. See
|
|
* &enum ieee80211_event_type for the different types.
|
|
* The callback must be atomic.
|
|
*
|
|
* @release_buffered_frames: Release buffered frames according to the given
|
|
* parameters. In the case where the driver buffers some frames for
|
|
* sleeping stations mac80211 will use this callback to tell the driver
|
|
* to release some frames, either for PS-poll or uAPSD.
|
|
* Note that if the @more_data parameter is %false the driver must check
|
|
* if there are more frames on the given TIDs, and if there are more than
|
|
* the frames being released then it must still set the more-data bit in
|
|
* the frame. If the @more_data parameter is %true, then of course the
|
|
* more-data bit must always be set.
|
|
* The @tids parameter tells the driver which TIDs to release frames
|
|
* from, for PS-poll it will always have only a single bit set.
|
|
* In the case this is used for a PS-poll initiated release, the
|
|
* @num_frames parameter will always be 1 so code can be shared. In
|
|
* this case the driver must also set %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP flag
|
|
* on the TX status (and must report TX status) so that the PS-poll
|
|
* period is properly ended. This is used to avoid sending multiple
|
|
* responses for a retried PS-poll frame.
|
|
* In the case this is used for uAPSD, the @num_frames parameter may be
|
|
* bigger than one, but the driver may send fewer frames (it must send
|
|
* at least one, however). In this case it is also responsible for
|
|
* setting the EOSP flag in the QoS header of the frames. Also, when the
|
|
* service period ends, the driver must set %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP
|
|
* on the last frame in the SP. Alternatively, it may call the function
|
|
* ieee80211_sta_eosp() to inform mac80211 of the end of the SP.
|
|
* This callback must be atomic.
|
|
* @allow_buffered_frames: Prepare device to allow the given number of frames
|
|
* to go out to the given station. The frames will be sent by mac80211
|
|
* via the usual TX path after this call. The TX information for frames
|
|
* released will also have the %IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_PS_BUFFER flag set
|
|
* and the last one will also have %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP set. In case
|
|
* frames from multiple TIDs are released and the driver might reorder
|
|
* them between the TIDs, it must set the %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP flag
|
|
* on the last frame and clear it on all others and also handle the EOSP
|
|
* bit in the QoS header correctly. Alternatively, it can also call the
|
|
* ieee80211_sta_eosp() function.
|
|
* The @tids parameter is a bitmap and tells the driver which TIDs the
|
|
* frames will be on; it will at most have two bits set.
|
|
* This callback must be atomic.
|
|
*
|
|
* @get_et_sset_count: Ethtool API to get string-set count.
|
|
*
|
|
* @get_et_stats: Ethtool API to get a set of u64 stats.
|
|
*
|
|
* @get_et_strings: Ethtool API to get a set of strings to describe stats
|
|
* and perhaps other supported types of ethtool data-sets.
|
|
*
|
|
* @mgd_prepare_tx: Prepare for transmitting a management frame for association
|
|
* before associated. In multi-channel scenarios, a virtual interface is
|
|
* bound to a channel before it is associated, but as it isn't associated
|
|
* yet it need not necessarily be given airtime, in particular since any
|
|
* transmission to a P2P GO needs to be synchronized against the GO's
|
|
* powersave state. mac80211 will call this function before transmitting a
|
|
* management frame prior to having successfully associated to allow the
|
|
* driver to give it channel time for the transmission, to get a response
|
|
* and to be able to synchronize with the GO.
|
|
* For drivers that set %IEEE80211_HW_DEAUTH_NEED_MGD_TX_PREP, mac80211
|
|
* would also call this function before transmitting a deauthentication
|
|
* frame in case that no beacon was heard from the AP/P2P GO.
|
|
* The callback will be called before each transmission and upon return
|
|
* mac80211 will transmit the frame right away.
|
|
* If duration is greater than zero, mac80211 hints to the driver the
|
|
* duration for which the operation is requested.
|
|
* The callback is optional and can (should!) sleep.
|
|
*
|
|
* @mgd_protect_tdls_discover: Protect a TDLS discovery session. After sending
|
|
* a TDLS discovery-request, we expect a reply to arrive on the AP's
|
|
* channel. We must stay on the channel (no PSM, scan, etc.), since a TDLS
|
|
* setup-response is a direct packet not buffered by the AP.
|
|
* mac80211 will call this function just before the transmission of a TDLS
|
|
* discovery-request. The recommended period of protection is at least
|
|
* 2 * (DTIM period).
|
|
* The callback is optional and can sleep.
|
|
*
|
|
* @add_chanctx: Notifies device driver about new channel context creation.
|
|
* This callback may sleep.
|
|
* @remove_chanctx: Notifies device driver about channel context destruction.
|
|
* This callback may sleep.
|
|
* @change_chanctx: Notifies device driver about channel context changes that
|
|
* may happen when combining different virtual interfaces on the same
|
|
* channel context with different settings
|
|
* This callback may sleep.
|
|
* @assign_vif_chanctx: Notifies device driver about channel context being bound
|
|
* to vif. Possible use is for hw queue remapping.
|
|
* This callback may sleep.
|
|
* @unassign_vif_chanctx: Notifies device driver about channel context being
|
|
* unbound from vif.
|
|
* This callback may sleep.
|
|
* @switch_vif_chanctx: switch a number of vifs from one chanctx to
|
|
* another, as specified in the list of
|
|
* @ieee80211_vif_chanctx_switch passed to the driver, according
|
|
* to the mode defined in &ieee80211_chanctx_switch_mode.
|
|
* This callback may sleep.
|
|
*
|
|
* @start_ap: Start operation on the AP interface, this is called after all the
|
|
* information in bss_conf is set and beacon can be retrieved. A channel
|
|
* context is bound before this is called. Note that if the driver uses
|
|
* software scan or ROC, this (and @stop_ap) isn't called when the AP is
|
|
* just "paused" for scanning/ROC, which is indicated by the beacon being
|
|
* disabled/enabled via @bss_info_changed.
|
|
* @stop_ap: Stop operation on the AP interface.
|
|
*
|
|
* @reconfig_complete: Called after a call to ieee80211_restart_hw() and
|
|
* during resume, when the reconfiguration has completed.
|
|
* This can help the driver implement the reconfiguration step (and
|
|
* indicate mac80211 is ready to receive frames).
|
|
* This callback may sleep.
|
|
*
|
|
* @ipv6_addr_change: IPv6 address assignment on the given interface changed.
|
|
* Currently, this is only called for managed or P2P client interfaces.
|
|
* This callback is optional; it must not sleep.
|
|
*
|
|
* @channel_switch_beacon: Starts a channel switch to a new channel.
|
|
* Beacons are modified to include CSA or ECSA IEs before calling this
|
|
* function. The corresponding count fields in these IEs must be
|
|
* decremented, and when they reach 1 the driver must call
|
|
* ieee80211_csa_finish(). Drivers which use ieee80211_beacon_get()
|
|
* get the csa counter decremented by mac80211, but must check if it is
|
|
* 1 using ieee80211_csa_is_complete() after the beacon has been
|
|
* transmitted and then call ieee80211_csa_finish().
|
|
* If the CSA count starts as zero or 1, this function will not be called,
|
|
* since there won't be any time to beacon before the switch anyway.
|
|
* @pre_channel_switch: This is an optional callback that is called
|
|
* before a channel switch procedure is started (ie. when a STA
|
|
* gets a CSA or a userspace initiated channel-switch), allowing
|
|
* the driver to prepare for the channel switch.
|
|
* @post_channel_switch: This is an optional callback that is called
|
|
* after a channel switch procedure is completed, allowing the
|
|
* driver to go back to a normal configuration.
|
|
* @abort_channel_switch: This is an optional callback that is called
|
|
* when channel switch procedure was completed, allowing the
|
|
* driver to go back to a normal configuration.
|
|
* @channel_switch_rx_beacon: This is an optional callback that is called
|
|
* when channel switch procedure is in progress and additional beacon with
|
|
* CSA IE was received, allowing driver to track changes in count.
|
|
* @join_ibss: Join an IBSS (on an IBSS interface); this is called after all
|
|
* information in bss_conf is set up and the beacon can be retrieved. A
|
|
* channel context is bound before this is called.
|
|
* @leave_ibss: Leave the IBSS again.
|
|
*
|
|
* @get_expected_throughput: extract the expected throughput towards the
|
|
* specified station. The returned value is expressed in Kbps. It returns 0
|
|
* if the RC algorithm does not have proper data to provide.
|
|
*
|
|
* @get_txpower: get current maximum tx power (in dBm) based on configuration
|
|
* and hardware limits.
|
|
*
|
|
* @tdls_channel_switch: Start channel-switching with a TDLS peer. The driver
|
|
* is responsible for continually initiating channel-switching operations
|
|
* and returning to the base channel for communication with the AP. The
|
|
* driver receives a channel-switch request template and the location of
|
|
* the switch-timing IE within the template as part of the invocation.
|
|
* The template is valid only within the call, and the driver can
|
|
* optionally copy the skb for further re-use.
|
|
* @tdls_cancel_channel_switch: Stop channel-switching with a TDLS peer. Both
|
|
* peers must be on the base channel when the call completes.
|
|
* @tdls_recv_channel_switch: a TDLS channel-switch related frame (request or
|
|
* response) has been received from a remote peer. The driver gets
|
|
* parameters parsed from the incoming frame and may use them to continue
|
|
* an ongoing channel-switch operation. In addition, a channel-switch
|
|
* response template is provided, together with the location of the
|
|
* switch-timing IE within the template. The skb can only be used within
|
|
* the function call.
|
|
*
|
|
* @wake_tx_queue: Called when new packets have been added to the queue.
|
|
* @sync_rx_queues: Process all pending frames in RSS queues. This is a
|
|
* synchronization which is needed in case driver has in its RSS queues
|
|
* pending frames that were received prior to the control path action
|
|
* currently taken (e.g. disassociation) but are not processed yet.
|
|
*
|
|
* @start_nan: join an existing NAN cluster, or create a new one.
|
|
* @stop_nan: leave the NAN cluster.
|
|
* @nan_change_conf: change NAN configuration. The data in cfg80211_nan_conf
|
|
* contains full new configuration and changes specify which parameters
|
|
* are changed with respect to the last NAN config.
|
|
* The driver gets both full configuration and the changed parameters since
|
|
* some devices may need the full configuration while others need only the
|
|
* changed parameters.
|
|
* @add_nan_func: Add a NAN function. Returns 0 on success. The data in
|
|
* cfg80211_nan_func must not be referenced outside the scope of
|
|
* this call.
|
|
* @del_nan_func: Remove a NAN function. The driver must call
|
|
* ieee80211_nan_func_terminated() with
|
|
* NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST reason code upon removal.
|
|
* @can_aggregate_in_amsdu: Called in order to determine if HW supports
|
|
* aggregating two specific frames in the same A-MSDU. The relation
|
|
* between the skbs should be symmetric and transitive. Note that while
|
|
* skb is always a real frame, head may or may not be an A-MSDU.
|
|
* @get_ftm_responder_stats: Retrieve FTM responder statistics, if available.
|
|
* Statistics should be cumulative, currently no way to reset is provided.
|
|
*
|
|
* @start_pmsr: start peer measurement (e.g. FTM) (this call can sleep)
|
|
* @abort_pmsr: abort peer measurement (this call can sleep)
|
|
*/
|
|
struct ieee80211_ops {
|
|
void (*tx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
|
|
struct ieee80211_tx_control *control,
|
|
struct sk_buff *skb);
|
|
int (*start)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
|
|
void (*stop)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
|
|
#ifdef CONFIG_PM
|
|
int (*suspend)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct cfg80211_wowlan *wowlan);
|
|
int (*resume)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
|
|
void (*set_wakeup)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, bool enabled);
|
|
#endif
|
|
int (*add_interface)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
|
|
struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
|
|
int (*change_interface)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
|
|
struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
|
|
enum nl80211_iftype new_type, bool p2p);
|
|
void (*remove_interface)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
|
|
struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
|
|
int (*config)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 changed);
|
|
void (*bss_info_changed)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
|
|
struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
|
|
struct ieee80211_bss_conf *info,
|
|
u32 changed);
|
|
|
|
int (*start_ap)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
|
|
void (*stop_ap)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
|
|
|
|
u64 (*prepare_multicast)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
|
|
struct netdev_hw_addr_list *mc_list);
|
|
void (*configure_filter)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
|
|
unsigned int changed_flags,
|
|
unsigned int *total_flags,
|
|
u64 multicast);
|
|
void (*config_iface_filter)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
|
|
struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
|
|
unsigned int filter_flags,
|
|
unsigned int changed_flags);
|
|
int (*set_tim)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
|
|
bool set);
|
|
int (*set_key)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, enum set_key_cmd cmd,
|
|
struct ieee80211_vif *vif, struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
|
|
struct ieee80211_key_conf *key);
|
|
void (*update_tkip_key)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
|
|
struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
|
|
struct ieee80211_key_conf *conf,
|
|
struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
|
|
u32 iv32, u16 *phase1key);
|
|
void (*set_rekey_data)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
|
|
struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
|
|
struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data *data);
|
|
void (*set_default_unicast_key)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
|
|
struct ieee80211_vif *vif, int idx);
|
|
int (*hw_scan)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
|
|
struct ieee80211_scan_request *req);
|
|
void (*cancel_hw_scan)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
|
|
struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
|
|
int (*sched_scan_start)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
|
|
struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
|
|
struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request *req,
|
|
struct ieee80211_scan_ies *ies);
|
|
int (*sched_scan_stop)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
|
|
struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
|
|
void (*sw_scan_start)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
|
|
struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
|
|
const u8 *mac_addr);
|
|
void (*sw_scan_complete)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
|
|
struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
|
|
int (*get_stats)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
|
|
struct ieee80211_low_level_stats *stats);
|
|
void (*get_key_seq)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
|
|
struct ieee80211_key_conf *key,
|
|
struct ieee80211_key_seq *seq);
|
|
int (*set_frag_threshold)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 value);
|
|
int (*set_rts_threshold)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 value);
|
|
int (*sta_add)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
|
|
struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
|
|
int (*sta_remove)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
|
|
struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
|
|
#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_DEBUGFS
|
|
void (*sta_add_debugfs)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
|
|
struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
|
|
struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
|
|
struct dentry *dir);
|
|
#endif
|
|
void (*sta_notify)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
|
|
enum sta_notify_cmd, struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
|
|
int (*sta_state)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
|
|
struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
|
|
enum ieee80211_sta_state old_state,
|
|
enum ieee80211_sta_state new_state);
|
|
void (*sta_pre_rcu_remove)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
|
|
struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
|
|
struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
|
|
void (*sta_rc_update)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
|
|
struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
|
|
struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
|
|
u32 changed);
|
|
void (*sta_rate_tbl_update)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
|
|
struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
|
|
struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
|
|
void (*sta_statistics)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
|
|
struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
|
|
struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
|
|
struct station_info *sinfo);
|
|
int (*conf_tx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
|
|
struct ieee80211_vif *vif, u16 ac,
|
|
const struct ieee80211_tx_queue_params *params);
|
|
u64 (*get_tsf)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
|
|
void (*set_tsf)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
|
|
u64 tsf);
|
|
void (*offset_tsf)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
|
|
s64 offset);
|
|
void (*reset_tsf)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
|
|
int (*tx_last_beacon)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* @ampdu_action:
|
|
* Perform a certain A-MPDU action.
|
|
* The RA/TID combination determines the destination and TID we want
|
|
* the ampdu action to be performed for. The action is defined through
|
|
* ieee80211_ampdu_mlme_action.
|
|
* When the action is set to %IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_OPERATIONAL the driver
|
|
* may neither send aggregates containing more subframes than @buf_size
|
|
* nor send aggregates in a way that lost frames would exceed the
|
|
* buffer size. If just limiting the aggregate size, this would be
|
|
* possible with a buf_size of 8:
|
|
*
|
|
* - ``TX: 1.....7``
|
|
* - ``RX: 2....7`` (lost frame #1)
|
|
* - ``TX: 8..1...``
|
|
*
|
|
* which is invalid since #1 was now re-transmitted well past the
|
|
* buffer size of 8. Correct ways to retransmit #1 would be:
|
|
*
|
|
* - ``TX: 1 or``
|
|
* - ``TX: 18 or``
|
|
* - ``TX: 81``
|
|
*
|
|
* Even ``189`` would be wrong since 1 could be lost again.
|
|
*
|
|
* Returns a negative error code on failure.
|
|
* The callback can sleep.
|
|
*/
|
|
int (*ampdu_action)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
|
|
struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
|
|
struct ieee80211_ampdu_params *params);
|
|
int (*get_survey)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, int idx,
|
|
struct survey_info *survey);
|
|
void (*rfkill_poll)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
|
|
void (*set_coverage_class)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, s16 coverage_class);
|
|
#ifdef CONFIG_NL80211_TESTMODE
|
|
int (*testmode_cmd)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
|
|
void *data, int len);
|
|
int (*testmode_dump)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct sk_buff *skb,
|
|
struct netlink_callback *cb,
|
|
void *data, int len);
|
|
#endif
|
|
void (*flush)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
|
|
u32 queues, bool drop);
|
|
void (*channel_switch)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
|
|
struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
|
|
struct ieee80211_channel_switch *ch_switch);
|
|
int (*set_antenna)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 tx_ant, u32 rx_ant);
|
|
int (*get_antenna)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 *tx_ant, u32 *rx_ant);
|
|
|
|
int (*remain_on_channel)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
|
|
struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
|
|
struct ieee80211_channel *chan,
|
|
int duration,
|
|
enum ieee80211_roc_type type);
|
|
int (*cancel_remain_on_channel)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
|
|
int (*set_ringparam)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 tx, u32 rx);
|
|
void (*get_ringparam)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
|
|
u32 *tx, u32 *tx_max, u32 *rx, u32 *rx_max);
|
|
bool (*tx_frames_pending)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
|
|
int (*set_bitrate_mask)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
|
|
const struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask *mask);
|
|
void (*event_callback)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
|
|
struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
|
|
const struct ieee80211_event *event);
|
|
|
|
void (*allow_buffered_frames)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
|
|
struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
|
|
u16 tids, int num_frames,
|
|
enum ieee80211_frame_release_type reason,
|
|
bool more_data);
|
|
void (*release_buffered_frames)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
|
|
struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
|
|
u16 tids, int num_frames,
|
|
enum ieee80211_frame_release_type reason,
|
|
bool more_data);
|
|
|
|
int (*get_et_sset_count)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
|
|
struct ieee80211_vif *vif, int sset);
|
|
void (*get_et_stats)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
|
|
struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
|
|
struct ethtool_stats *stats, u64 *data);
|
|
void (*get_et_strings)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
|
|
struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
|
|
u32 sset, u8 *data);
|
|
|
|
void (*mgd_prepare_tx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
|
|
struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
|
|
u16 duration);
|
|
|
|
void (*mgd_protect_tdls_discover)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
|
|
struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
|
|
|
|
int (*add_chanctx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
|
|
struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *ctx);
|
|
void (*remove_chanctx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
|
|
struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *ctx);
|
|
void (*change_chanctx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
|
|
struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *ctx,
|
|
u32 changed);
|
|
int (*assign_vif_chanctx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
|
|
struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
|
|
struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *ctx);
|
|
void (*unassign_vif_chanctx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
|
|
struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
|
|
struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *ctx);
|
|
int (*switch_vif_chanctx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
|
|
struct ieee80211_vif_chanctx_switch *vifs,
|
|
int n_vifs,
|
|
enum ieee80211_chanctx_switch_mode mode);
|
|
|
|
void (*reconfig_complete)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
|
|
enum ieee80211_reconfig_type reconfig_type);
|
|
|
|
#if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_IPV6)
|
|
void (*ipv6_addr_change)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
|
|
struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
|
|
struct inet6_dev *idev);
|
|
#endif
|
|
void (*channel_switch_beacon)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
|
|
struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
|
|
struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef);
|
|
int (*pre_channel_switch)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
|
|
struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
|
|
struct ieee80211_channel_switch *ch_switch);
|
|
|
|
int (*post_channel_switch)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
|
|
struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
|
|
void (*abort_channel_switch)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
|
|
struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
|
|
void (*channel_switch_rx_beacon)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
|
|
struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
|
|
struct ieee80211_channel_switch *ch_switch);
|
|
|
|
int (*join_ibss)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
|
|
void (*leave_ibss)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
|
|
u32 (*get_expected_throughput)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
|
|
struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
|
|
int (*get_txpower)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
|
|
int *dbm);
|
|
|
|
int (*tdls_channel_switch)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
|
|
struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
|
|
struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u8 oper_class,
|
|
struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
|
|
struct sk_buff *tmpl_skb, u32 ch_sw_tm_ie);
|
|
void (*tdls_cancel_channel_switch)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
|
|
struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
|
|
struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
|
|
void (*tdls_recv_channel_switch)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
|
|
struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
|
|
struct ieee80211_tdls_ch_sw_params *params);
|
|
|
|
void (*wake_tx_queue)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
|
|
struct ieee80211_txq *txq);
|
|
void (*sync_rx_queues)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
|
|
|
|
int (*start_nan)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
|
|
struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
|
|
struct cfg80211_nan_conf *conf);
|
|
int (*stop_nan)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
|
|
struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
|
|
int (*nan_change_conf)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
|
|
struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
|
|
struct cfg80211_nan_conf *conf, u32 changes);
|
|
int (*add_nan_func)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
|
|
struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
|
|
const struct cfg80211_nan_func *nan_func);
|
|
void (*del_nan_func)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
|
|
struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
|
|
u8 instance_id);
|
|
bool (*can_aggregate_in_amsdu)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
|
|
struct sk_buff *head,
|
|
struct sk_buff *skb);
|
|
int (*get_ftm_responder_stats)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
|
|
struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
|
|
struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats *ftm_stats);
|
|
int (*start_pmsr)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
|
|
struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *request);
|
|
void (*abort_pmsr)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
|
|
struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *request);
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* ieee80211_alloc_hw_nm - Allocate a new hardware device
|
|
*
|
|
* This must be called once for each hardware device. The returned pointer
|
|
* must be used to refer to this device when calling other functions.
|
|
* mac80211 allocates a private data area for the driver pointed to by
|
|
* @priv in &struct ieee80211_hw, the size of this area is given as
|
|
* @priv_data_len.
|
|
*
|
|
* @priv_data_len: length of private data
|
|
* @ops: callbacks for this device
|
|
* @requested_name: Requested name for this device.
|
|
* NULL is valid value, and means use the default naming (phy%d)
|
|
*
|
|
* Return: A pointer to the new hardware device, or %NULL on error.
|
|
*/
|
|
struct ieee80211_hw *ieee80211_alloc_hw_nm(size_t priv_data_len,
|
|
const struct ieee80211_ops *ops,
|
|
const char *requested_name);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* ieee80211_alloc_hw - Allocate a new hardware device
|
|
*
|
|
* This must be called once for each hardware device. The returned pointer
|
|
* must be used to refer to this device when calling other functions.
|
|
* mac80211 allocates a private data area for the driver pointed to by
|
|
* @priv in &struct ieee80211_hw, the size of this area is given as
|
|
* @priv_data_len.
|
|
*
|
|
* @priv_data_len: length of private data
|
|
* @ops: callbacks for this device
|
|
*
|
|
* Return: A pointer to the new hardware device, or %NULL on error.
|
|
*/
|
|
static inline
|
|
struct ieee80211_hw *ieee80211_alloc_hw(size_t priv_data_len,
|
|
const struct ieee80211_ops *ops)
|
|
{
|
|
return ieee80211_alloc_hw_nm(priv_data_len, ops, NULL);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* ieee80211_register_hw - Register hardware device
|
|
*
|
|
* You must call this function before any other functions in
|
|
* mac80211. Note that before a hardware can be registered, you
|
|
* need to fill the contained wiphy's information.
|
|
*
|
|
* @hw: the device to register as returned by ieee80211_alloc_hw()
|
|
*
|
|
* Return: 0 on success. An error code otherwise.
|
|
*/
|
|
int ieee80211_register_hw(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* struct ieee80211_tpt_blink - throughput blink description
|
|
* @throughput: throughput in Kbit/sec
|
|
* @blink_time: blink time in milliseconds
|
|
* (full cycle, ie. one off + one on period)
|
|
*/
|
|
struct ieee80211_tpt_blink {
|
|
int throughput;
|
|
int blink_time;
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* enum ieee80211_tpt_led_trigger_flags - throughput trigger flags
|
|
* @IEEE80211_TPT_LEDTRIG_FL_RADIO: enable blinking with radio
|
|
* @IEEE80211_TPT_LEDTRIG_FL_WORK: enable blinking when working
|
|
* @IEEE80211_TPT_LEDTRIG_FL_CONNECTED: enable blinking when at least one
|
|
* interface is connected in some way, including being an AP
|
|
*/
|
|
enum ieee80211_tpt_led_trigger_flags {
|
|
IEEE80211_TPT_LEDTRIG_FL_RADIO = BIT(0),
|
|
IEEE80211_TPT_LEDTRIG_FL_WORK = BIT(1),
|
|
IEEE80211_TPT_LEDTRIG_FL_CONNECTED = BIT(2),
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_LEDS
|
|
const char *__ieee80211_get_tx_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
|
|
const char *__ieee80211_get_rx_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
|
|
const char *__ieee80211_get_assoc_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
|
|
const char *__ieee80211_get_radio_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
|
|
const char *
|
|
__ieee80211_create_tpt_led_trigger(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
|
|
unsigned int flags,
|
|
const struct ieee80211_tpt_blink *blink_table,
|
|
unsigned int blink_table_len);
|
|
#endif
|
|
/**
|
|
* ieee80211_get_tx_led_name - get name of TX LED
|
|
*
|
|
* mac80211 creates a transmit LED trigger for each wireless hardware
|
|
* that can be used to drive LEDs if your driver registers a LED device.
|
|
* This function returns the name (or %NULL if not configured for LEDs)
|
|
* of the trigger so you can automatically link the LED device.
|
|
*
|
|
* @hw: the hardware to get the LED trigger name for
|
|
*
|
|
* Return: The name of the LED trigger. %NULL if not configured for LEDs.
|
|
*/
|
|
static inline const char *ieee80211_get_tx_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw)
|
|
{
|
|
#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_LEDS
|
|
return __ieee80211_get_tx_led_name(hw);
|
|
#else
|
|
return NULL;
|
|
#endif
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* ieee80211_get_rx_led_name - get name of RX LED
|
|
*
|
|
* mac80211 creates a receive LED trigger for each wireless hardware
|
|
* that can be used to drive LEDs if your driver registers a LED device.
|
|
* This function returns the name (or %NULL if not configured for LEDs)
|
|
* of the trigger so you can automatically link the LED device.
|
|
*
|
|
* @hw: the hardware to get the LED trigger name for
|
|
*
|
|
* Return: The name of the LED trigger. %NULL if not configured for LEDs.
|
|
*/
|
|
static inline const char *ieee80211_get_rx_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw)
|
|
{
|
|
#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_LEDS
|
|
return __ieee80211_get_rx_led_name(hw);
|
|
#else
|
|
return NULL;
|
|
#endif
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* ieee80211_get_assoc_led_name - get name of association LED
|
|
*
|
|
* mac80211 creates a association LED trigger for each wireless hardware
|
|
* that can be used to drive LEDs if your driver registers a LED device.
|
|
* This function returns the name (or %NULL if not configured for LEDs)
|
|
* of the trigger so you can automatically link the LED device.
|
|
*
|
|
* @hw: the hardware to get the LED trigger name for
|
|
*
|
|
* Return: The name of the LED trigger. %NULL if not configured for LEDs.
|
|
*/
|
|
static inline const char *ieee80211_get_assoc_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw)
|
|
{
|
|
#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_LEDS
|
|
return __ieee80211_get_assoc_led_name(hw);
|
|
#else
|
|
return NULL;
|
|
#endif
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* ieee80211_get_radio_led_name - get name of radio LED
|
|
*
|
|
* mac80211 creates a radio change LED trigger for each wireless hardware
|
|
* that can be used to drive LEDs if your driver registers a LED device.
|
|
* This function returns the name (or %NULL if not configured for LEDs)
|
|
* of the trigger so you can automatically link the LED device.
|
|
*
|
|
* @hw: the hardware to get the LED trigger name for
|
|
*
|
|
* Return: The name of the LED trigger. %NULL if not configured for LEDs.
|
|
*/
|
|
static inline const char *ieee80211_get_radio_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw)
|
|
{
|
|
#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_LEDS
|
|
return __ieee80211_get_radio_led_name(hw);
|
|
#else
|
|
return NULL;
|
|
#endif
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* ieee80211_create_tpt_led_trigger - create throughput LED trigger
|
|
* @hw: the hardware to create the trigger for
|
|
* @flags: trigger flags, see &enum ieee80211_tpt_led_trigger_flags
|
|
* @blink_table: the blink table -- needs to be ordered by throughput
|
|
* @blink_table_len: size of the blink table
|
|
*
|
|
* Return: %NULL (in case of error, or if no LED triggers are
|
|
* configured) or the name of the new trigger.
|
|
*
|
|
* Note: This function must be called before ieee80211_register_hw().
|
|
*/
|
|
static inline const char *
|
|
ieee80211_create_tpt_led_trigger(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, unsigned int flags,
|
|
const struct ieee80211_tpt_blink *blink_table,
|
|
unsigned int blink_table_len)
|
|
{
|
|
#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_LEDS
|
|
return __ieee80211_create_tpt_led_trigger(hw, flags, blink_table,
|
|
blink_table_len);
|
|
#else
|
|
return NULL;
|
|
#endif
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* ieee80211_unregister_hw - Unregister a hardware device
|
|
*
|
|
* This function instructs mac80211 to free allocated resources
|
|
* and unregister netdevices from the networking subsystem.
|
|
*
|
|
* @hw: the hardware to unregister
|
|
*/
|
|
void ieee80211_unregister_hw(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* ieee80211_free_hw - free hardware descriptor
|
|
*
|
|
* This function frees everything that was allocated, including the
|
|
* private data for the driver. You must call ieee80211_unregister_hw()
|
|
* before calling this function.
|
|
*
|
|
* @hw: the hardware to free
|
|
*/
|
|
void ieee80211_free_hw(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* ieee80211_restart_hw - restart hardware completely
|
|
*
|
|
* Call this function when the hardware was restarted for some reason
|
|
* (hardware error, ...) and the driver is unable to restore its state
|
|
* by itself. mac80211 assumes that at this point the driver/hardware
|
|
* is completely uninitialised and stopped, it starts the process by
|
|
* calling the ->start() operation. The driver will need to reset all
|
|
* internal state that it has prior to calling this function.
|
|
*
|
|
* @hw: the hardware to restart
|
|
*/
|
|
void ieee80211_restart_hw(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* ieee80211_rx_napi - receive frame from NAPI context
|
|
*
|
|
* Use this function to hand received frames to mac80211. The receive
|
|
* buffer in @skb must start with an IEEE 802.11 header. In case of a
|
|
* paged @skb is used, the driver is recommended to put the ieee80211
|
|
* header of the frame on the linear part of the @skb to avoid memory
|
|
* allocation and/or memcpy by the stack.
|
|
*
|
|
* This function may not be called in IRQ context. Calls to this function
|
|
* for a single hardware must be synchronized against each other. Calls to
|
|
* this function, ieee80211_rx_ni() and ieee80211_rx_irqsafe() may not be
|
|
* mixed for a single hardware. Must not run concurrently with
|
|
* ieee80211_tx_status() or ieee80211_tx_status_ni().
|
|
*
|
|
* This function must be called with BHs disabled.
|
|
*
|
|
* @hw: the hardware this frame came in on
|
|
* @sta: the station the frame was received from, or %NULL
|
|
* @skb: the buffer to receive, owned by mac80211 after this call
|
|
* @napi: the NAPI context
|
|
*/
|
|
void ieee80211_rx_napi(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
|
|
struct sk_buff *skb, struct napi_struct *napi);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* ieee80211_rx - receive frame
|
|
*
|
|
* Use this function to hand received frames to mac80211. The receive
|
|
* buffer in @skb must start with an IEEE 802.11 header. In case of a
|
|
* paged @skb is used, the driver is recommended to put the ieee80211
|
|
* header of the frame on the linear part of the @skb to avoid memory
|
|
* allocation and/or memcpy by the stack.
|
|
*
|
|
* This function may not be called in IRQ context. Calls to this function
|
|
* for a single hardware must be synchronized against each other. Calls to
|
|
* this function, ieee80211_rx_ni() and ieee80211_rx_irqsafe() may not be
|
|
* mixed for a single hardware. Must not run concurrently with
|
|
* ieee80211_tx_status() or ieee80211_tx_status_ni().
|
|
*
|
|
* In process context use instead ieee80211_rx_ni().
|
|
*
|
|
* @hw: the hardware this frame came in on
|
|
* @skb: the buffer to receive, owned by mac80211 after this call
|
|
*/
|
|
static inline void ieee80211_rx(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct sk_buff *skb)
|
|
{
|
|
ieee80211_rx_napi(hw, NULL, skb, NULL);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* ieee80211_rx_irqsafe - receive frame
|
|
*
|
|
* Like ieee80211_rx() but can be called in IRQ context
|
|
* (internally defers to a tasklet.)
|
|
*
|
|
* Calls to this function, ieee80211_rx() or ieee80211_rx_ni() may not
|
|
* be mixed for a single hardware.Must not run concurrently with
|
|
* ieee80211_tx_status() or ieee80211_tx_status_ni().
|
|
*
|
|
* @hw: the hardware this frame came in on
|
|
* @skb: the buffer to receive, owned by mac80211 after this call
|
|
*/
|
|
void ieee80211_rx_irqsafe(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct sk_buff *skb);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* ieee80211_rx_ni - receive frame (in process context)
|
|
*
|
|
* Like ieee80211_rx() but can be called in process context
|
|
* (internally disables bottom halves).
|
|
*
|
|
* Calls to this function, ieee80211_rx() and ieee80211_rx_irqsafe() may
|
|
* not be mixed for a single hardware. Must not run concurrently with
|
|
* ieee80211_tx_status() or ieee80211_tx_status_ni().
|
|
*
|
|
* @hw: the hardware this frame came in on
|
|
* @skb: the buffer to receive, owned by mac80211 after this call
|
|
*/
|
|
static inline void ieee80211_rx_ni(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
|
|
struct sk_buff *skb)
|
|
{
|
|
local_bh_disable();
|
|
ieee80211_rx(hw, skb);
|
|
local_bh_enable();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* ieee80211_sta_ps_transition - PS transition for connected sta
|
|
*
|
|
* When operating in AP mode with the %IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS
|
|
* flag set, use this function to inform mac80211 about a connected station
|
|
* entering/leaving PS mode.
|
|
*
|
|
* This function may not be called in IRQ context or with softirqs enabled.
|
|
*
|
|
* Calls to this function for a single hardware must be synchronized against
|
|
* each other.
|
|
*
|
|
* @sta: currently connected sta
|
|
* @start: start or stop PS
|
|
*
|
|
* Return: 0 on success. -EINVAL when the requested PS mode is already set.
|
|
*/
|
|
int ieee80211_sta_ps_transition(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, bool start);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* ieee80211_sta_ps_transition_ni - PS transition for connected sta
|
|
* (in process context)
|
|
*
|
|
* Like ieee80211_sta_ps_transition() but can be called in process context
|
|
* (internally disables bottom halves). Concurrent call restriction still
|
|
* applies.
|
|
*
|
|
* @sta: currently connected sta
|
|
* @start: start or stop PS
|
|
*
|
|
* Return: Like ieee80211_sta_ps_transition().
|
|
*/
|
|
static inline int ieee80211_sta_ps_transition_ni(struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
|
|
bool start)
|
|
{
|
|
int ret;
|
|
|
|
local_bh_disable();
|
|
ret = ieee80211_sta_ps_transition(sta, start);
|
|
local_bh_enable();
|
|
|
|
return ret;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* ieee80211_sta_pspoll - PS-Poll frame received
|
|
* @sta: currently connected station
|
|
*
|
|
* When operating in AP mode with the %IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS flag set,
|
|
* use this function to inform mac80211 that a PS-Poll frame from a
|
|
* connected station was received.
|
|
* This must be used in conjunction with ieee80211_sta_ps_transition()
|
|
* and possibly ieee80211_sta_uapsd_trigger(); calls to all three must
|
|
* be serialized.
|
|
*/
|
|
void ieee80211_sta_pspoll(struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* ieee80211_sta_uapsd_trigger - (potential) U-APSD trigger frame received
|
|
* @sta: currently connected station
|
|
* @tid: TID of the received (potential) trigger frame
|
|
*
|
|
* When operating in AP mode with the %IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS flag set,
|
|
* use this function to inform mac80211 that a (potential) trigger frame
|
|
* from a connected station was received.
|
|
* This must be used in conjunction with ieee80211_sta_ps_transition()
|
|
* and possibly ieee80211_sta_pspoll(); calls to all three must be
|
|
* serialized.
|
|
* %IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS can be passed as the tid if the tid is unknown.
|
|
* In this case, mac80211 will not check that this tid maps to an AC
|
|
* that is trigger enabled and assume that the caller did the proper
|
|
* checks.
|
|
*/
|
|
void ieee80211_sta_uapsd_trigger(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u8 tid);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* The TX headroom reserved by mac80211 for its own tx_status functions.
|
|
* This is enough for the radiotap header.
|
|
*/
|
|
#define IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_HEADROOM ALIGN(14, 4)
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* ieee80211_sta_set_buffered - inform mac80211 about driver-buffered frames
|
|
* @sta: &struct ieee80211_sta pointer for the sleeping station
|
|
* @tid: the TID that has buffered frames
|
|
* @buffered: indicates whether or not frames are buffered for this TID
|
|
*
|
|
* If a driver buffers frames for a powersave station instead of passing
|
|
* them back to mac80211 for retransmission, the station may still need
|
|
* to be told that there are buffered frames via the TIM bit.
|
|
*
|
|
* This function informs mac80211 whether or not there are frames that are
|
|
* buffered in the driver for a given TID; mac80211 can then use this data
|
|
* to set the TIM bit (NOTE: This may call back into the driver's set_tim
|
|
* call! Beware of the locking!)
|
|
*
|
|
* If all frames are released to the station (due to PS-poll or uAPSD)
|
|
* then the driver needs to inform mac80211 that there no longer are
|
|
* frames buffered. However, when the station wakes up mac80211 assumes
|
|
* that all buffered frames will be transmitted and clears this data,
|
|
* drivers need to make sure they inform mac80211 about all buffered
|
|
* frames on the sleep transition (sta_notify() with %STA_NOTIFY_SLEEP).
|
|
*
|
|
* Note that technically mac80211 only needs to know this per AC, not per
|
|
* TID, but since driver buffering will inevitably happen per TID (since
|
|
* it is related to aggregation) it is easier to make mac80211 map the
|
|
* TID to the AC as required instead of keeping track in all drivers that
|
|
* use this API.
|
|
*/
|
|
void ieee80211_sta_set_buffered(struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
|
|
u8 tid, bool buffered);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* ieee80211_get_tx_rates - get the selected transmit rates for a packet
|
|
*
|
|
* Call this function in a driver with per-packet rate selection support
|
|
* to combine the rate info in the packet tx info with the most recent
|
|
* rate selection table for the station entry.
|
|
*
|
|
* @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
|
|
* @sta: the receiver station to which this packet is sent.
|
|
* @skb: the frame to be transmitted.
|
|
* @dest: buffer for extracted rate/retry information
|
|
* @max_rates: maximum number of rates to fetch
|
|
*/
|
|
void ieee80211_get_tx_rates(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
|
|
struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
|
|
struct sk_buff *skb,
|
|
struct ieee80211_tx_rate *dest,
|
|
int max_rates);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* ieee80211_sta_set_expected_throughput - set the expected tpt for a station
|
|
*
|
|
* Call this function to notify mac80211 about a change in expected throughput
|
|
* to a station. A driver for a device that does rate control in firmware can
|
|
* call this function when the expected throughput estimate towards a station
|
|
* changes. The information is used to tune the CoDel AQM applied to traffic
|
|
* going towards that station (which can otherwise be too aggressive and cause
|
|
* slow stations to starve).
|
|
*
|
|
* @pubsta: the station to set throughput for.
|
|
* @thr: the current expected throughput in kbps.
|
|
*/
|
|
void ieee80211_sta_set_expected_throughput(struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta,
|
|
u32 thr);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* ieee80211_tx_rate_update - transmit rate update callback
|
|
*
|
|
* Drivers should call this functions with a non-NULL pub sta
|
|
* This function can be used in drivers that does not have provision
|
|
* in updating the tx rate in data path.
|
|
*
|
|
* @hw: the hardware the frame was transmitted by
|
|
* @pubsta: the station to update the tx rate for.
|
|
* @info: tx status information
|
|
*/
|
|
void ieee80211_tx_rate_update(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
|
|
struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta,
|
|
struct ieee80211_tx_info *info);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* ieee80211_tx_status - transmit status callback
|
|
*
|
|
* Call this function for all transmitted frames after they have been
|
|
* transmitted. It is permissible to not call this function for
|
|
* multicast frames but this can affect statistics.
|
|
*
|
|
* This function may not be called in IRQ context. Calls to this function
|
|
* for a single hardware must be synchronized against each other. Calls
|
|
* to this function, ieee80211_tx_status_ni() and ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe()
|
|
* may not be mixed for a single hardware. Must not run concurrently with
|
|
* ieee80211_rx() or ieee80211_rx_ni().
|
|
*
|
|
* @hw: the hardware the frame was transmitted by
|
|
* @skb: the frame that was transmitted, owned by mac80211 after this call
|
|
*/
|
|
void ieee80211_tx_status(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
|
|
struct sk_buff *skb);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* ieee80211_tx_status_ext - extended transmit status callback
|
|
*
|
|
* This function can be used as a replacement for ieee80211_tx_status
|
|
* in drivers that may want to provide extra information that does not
|
|
* fit into &struct ieee80211_tx_info.
|
|
*
|
|
* Calls to this function for a single hardware must be synchronized
|
|
* against each other. Calls to this function, ieee80211_tx_status_ni()
|
|
* and ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe() may not be mixed for a single hardware.
|
|
*
|
|
* @hw: the hardware the frame was transmitted by
|
|
* @status: tx status information
|
|
*/
|
|
void ieee80211_tx_status_ext(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
|
|
struct ieee80211_tx_status *status);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* ieee80211_tx_status_noskb - transmit status callback without skb
|
|
*
|
|
* This function can be used as a replacement for ieee80211_tx_status
|
|
* in drivers that cannot reliably map tx status information back to
|
|
* specific skbs.
|
|
*
|
|
* Calls to this function for a single hardware must be synchronized
|
|
* against each other. Calls to this function, ieee80211_tx_status_ni()
|
|
* and ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe() may not be mixed for a single hardware.
|
|
*
|
|
* @hw: the hardware the frame was transmitted by
|
|
* @sta: the receiver station to which this packet is sent
|
|
* (NULL for multicast packets)
|
|
* @info: tx status information
|
|
*/
|
|
static inline void ieee80211_tx_status_noskb(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
|
|
struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
|
|
struct ieee80211_tx_info *info)
|
|
{
|
|
struct ieee80211_tx_status status = {
|
|
.sta = sta,
|
|
.info = info,
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
ieee80211_tx_status_ext(hw, &status);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* ieee80211_tx_status_ni - transmit status callback (in process context)
|
|
*
|
|
* Like ieee80211_tx_status() but can be called in process context.
|
|
*
|
|
* Calls to this function, ieee80211_tx_status() and
|
|
* ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe() may not be mixed
|
|
* for a single hardware.
|
|
*
|
|
* @hw: the hardware the frame was transmitted by
|
|
* @skb: the frame that was transmitted, owned by mac80211 after this call
|
|
*/
|
|
static inline void ieee80211_tx_status_ni(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
|
|
struct sk_buff *skb)
|
|
{
|
|
local_bh_disable();
|
|
ieee80211_tx_status(hw, skb);
|
|
local_bh_enable();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe - IRQ-safe transmit status callback
|
|
*
|
|
* Like ieee80211_tx_status() but can be called in IRQ context
|
|
* (internally defers to a tasklet.)
|
|
*
|
|
* Calls to this function, ieee80211_tx_status() and
|
|
* ieee80211_tx_status_ni() may not be mixed for a single hardware.
|
|
*
|
|
* @hw: the hardware the frame was transmitted by
|
|
* @skb: the frame that was transmitted, owned by mac80211 after this call
|
|
*/
|
|
void ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
|
|
struct sk_buff *skb);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* ieee80211_report_low_ack - report non-responding station
|
|
*
|
|
* When operating in AP-mode, call this function to report a non-responding
|
|
* connected STA.
|
|
*
|
|
* @sta: the non-responding connected sta
|
|
* @num_packets: number of packets sent to @sta without a response
|
|
*/
|
|
void ieee80211_report_low_ack(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u32 num_packets);
|
|
|
|
#define IEEE80211_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS_NUM 2
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* struct ieee80211_mutable_offsets - mutable beacon offsets
|
|
* @tim_offset: position of TIM element
|
|
* @tim_length: size of TIM element
|
|
* @csa_counter_offs: array of IEEE80211_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS_NUM offsets
|
|
* to CSA counters. This array can contain zero values which
|
|
* should be ignored.
|
|
*/
|
|
struct ieee80211_mutable_offsets {
|
|
u16 tim_offset;
|
|
u16 tim_length;
|
|
|
|
u16 csa_counter_offs[IEEE80211_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS_NUM];
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* ieee80211_beacon_get_template - beacon template generation function
|
|
* @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
|
|
* @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
|
|
* @offs: &struct ieee80211_mutable_offsets pointer to struct that will
|
|
* receive the offsets that may be updated by the driver.
|
|
*
|
|
* If the driver implements beaconing modes, it must use this function to
|
|
* obtain the beacon template.
|
|
*
|
|
* This function should be used if the beacon frames are generated by the
|
|
* device, and then the driver must use the returned beacon as the template
|
|
* The driver or the device are responsible to update the DTIM and, when
|
|
* applicable, the CSA count.
|
|
*
|
|
* The driver is responsible for freeing the returned skb.
|
|
*
|
|
* Return: The beacon template. %NULL on error.
|
|
*/
|
|
struct sk_buff *
|
|
ieee80211_beacon_get_template(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
|
|
struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
|
|
struct ieee80211_mutable_offsets *offs);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* ieee80211_beacon_get_tim - beacon generation function
|
|
* @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
|
|
* @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
|
|
* @tim_offset: pointer to variable that will receive the TIM IE offset.
|
|
* Set to 0 if invalid (in non-AP modes).
|
|
* @tim_length: pointer to variable that will receive the TIM IE length,
|
|
* (including the ID and length bytes!).
|
|
* Set to 0 if invalid (in non-AP modes).
|
|
*
|
|
* If the driver implements beaconing modes, it must use this function to
|
|
* obtain the beacon frame.
|
|
*
|
|
* If the beacon frames are generated by the host system (i.e., not in
|
|
* hardware/firmware), the driver uses this function to get each beacon
|
|
* frame from mac80211 -- it is responsible for calling this function exactly
|
|
* once before the beacon is needed (e.g. based on hardware interrupt).
|
|
*
|
|
* The driver is responsible for freeing the returned skb.
|
|
*
|
|
* Return: The beacon template. %NULL on error.
|
|
*/
|
|
struct sk_buff *ieee80211_beacon_get_tim(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
|
|
struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
|
|
u16 *tim_offset, u16 *tim_length);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* ieee80211_beacon_get - beacon generation function
|
|
* @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
|
|
* @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
|
|
*
|
|
* See ieee80211_beacon_get_tim().
|
|
*
|
|
* Return: See ieee80211_beacon_get_tim().
|
|
*/
|
|
static inline struct sk_buff *ieee80211_beacon_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
|
|
struct ieee80211_vif *vif)
|
|
{
|
|
return ieee80211_beacon_get_tim(hw, vif, NULL, NULL);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* ieee80211_csa_update_counter - request mac80211 to decrement the csa counter
|
|
* @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
|
|
*
|
|
* The csa counter should be updated after each beacon transmission.
|
|
* This function is called implicitly when
|
|
* ieee80211_beacon_get/ieee80211_beacon_get_tim are called, however if the
|
|
* beacon frames are generated by the device, the driver should call this
|
|
* function after each beacon transmission to sync mac80211's csa counters.
|
|
*
|
|
* Return: new csa counter value
|
|
*/
|
|
u8 ieee80211_csa_update_counter(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* ieee80211_csa_set_counter - request mac80211 to set csa counter
|
|
* @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
|
|
* @counter: the new value for the counter
|
|
*
|
|
* The csa counter can be changed by the device, this API should be
|
|
* used by the device driver to update csa counter in mac80211.
|
|
*
|
|
* It should never be used together with ieee80211_csa_update_counter(),
|
|
* as it will cause a race condition around the counter value.
|
|
*/
|
|
void ieee80211_csa_set_counter(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, u8 counter);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* ieee80211_csa_finish - notify mac80211 about channel switch
|
|
* @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
|
|
*
|
|
* After a channel switch announcement was scheduled and the counter in this
|
|
* announcement hits 1, this function must be called by the driver to
|
|
* notify mac80211 that the channel can be changed.
|
|
*/
|
|
void ieee80211_csa_finish(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* ieee80211_csa_is_complete - find out if counters reached 1
|
|
* @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
|
|
*
|
|
* This function returns whether the channel switch counters reached zero.
|
|
*/
|
|
bool ieee80211_csa_is_complete(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* ieee80211_proberesp_get - retrieve a Probe Response template
|
|
* @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
|
|
* @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
|
|
*
|
|
* Creates a Probe Response template which can, for example, be uploaded to
|
|
* hardware. The destination address should be set by the caller.
|
|
*
|
|
* Can only be called in AP mode.
|
|
*
|
|
* Return: The Probe Response template. %NULL on error.
|
|
*/
|
|
struct sk_buff *ieee80211_proberesp_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
|
|
struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* ieee80211_pspoll_get - retrieve a PS Poll template
|
|
* @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
|
|
* @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
|
|
*
|
|
* Creates a PS Poll a template which can, for example, uploaded to
|
|
* hardware. The template must be updated after association so that correct
|
|
* AID, BSSID and MAC address is used.
|
|
*
|
|
* Note: Caller (or hardware) is responsible for setting the
|
|
* &IEEE80211_FCTL_PM bit.
|
|
*
|
|
* Return: The PS Poll template. %NULL on error.
|
|
*/
|
|
struct sk_buff *ieee80211_pspoll_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
|
|
struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* ieee80211_nullfunc_get - retrieve a nullfunc template
|
|
* @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
|
|
* @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
|
|
* @qos_ok: QoS NDP is acceptable to the caller, this should be set
|
|
* if at all possible
|
|
*
|
|
* Creates a Nullfunc template which can, for example, uploaded to
|
|
* hardware. The template must be updated after association so that correct
|
|
* BSSID and address is used.
|
|
*
|
|
* If @qos_ndp is set and the association is to an AP with QoS/WMM, the
|
|
* returned packet will be QoS NDP.
|
|
*
|
|
* Note: Caller (or hardware) is responsible for setting the
|
|
* &IEEE80211_FCTL_PM bit as well as Duration and Sequence Control fields.
|
|
*
|
|
* Return: The nullfunc template. %NULL on error.
|
|
*/
|
|
struct sk_buff *ieee80211_nullfunc_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
|
|
struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
|
|
bool qos_ok);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* ieee80211_probereq_get - retrieve a Probe Request template
|
|
* @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
|
|
* @src_addr: source MAC address
|
|
* @ssid: SSID buffer
|
|
* @ssid_len: length of SSID
|
|
* @tailroom: tailroom to reserve at end of SKB for IEs
|
|
*
|
|
* Creates a Probe Request template which can, for example, be uploaded to
|
|
* hardware.
|
|
*
|
|
* Return: The Probe Request template. %NULL on error.
|
|
*/
|
|
struct sk_buff *ieee80211_probereq_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
|
|
const u8 *src_addr,
|
|
const u8 *ssid, size_t ssid_len,
|
|
size_t tailroom);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* ieee80211_rts_get - RTS frame generation function
|
|
* @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
|
|
* @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
|
|
* @frame: pointer to the frame that is going to be protected by the RTS.
|
|
* @frame_len: the frame length (in octets).
|
|
* @frame_txctl: &struct ieee80211_tx_info of the frame.
|
|
* @rts: The buffer where to store the RTS frame.
|
|
*
|
|
* If the RTS frames are generated by the host system (i.e., not in
|
|
* hardware/firmware), the low-level driver uses this function to receive
|
|
* the next RTS frame from the 802.11 code. The low-level is responsible
|
|
* for calling this function before and RTS frame is needed.
|
|
*/
|
|
void ieee80211_rts_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
|
|
const void *frame, size_t frame_len,
|
|
const struct ieee80211_tx_info *frame_txctl,
|
|
struct ieee80211_rts *rts);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* ieee80211_rts_duration - Get the duration field for an RTS frame
|
|
* @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
|
|
* @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
|
|
* @frame_len: the length of the frame that is going to be protected by the RTS.
|
|
* @frame_txctl: &struct ieee80211_tx_info of the frame.
|
|
*
|
|
* If the RTS is generated in firmware, but the host system must provide
|
|
* the duration field, the low-level driver uses this function to receive
|
|
* the duration field value in little-endian byteorder.
|
|
*
|
|
* Return: The duration.
|
|
*/
|
|
__le16 ieee80211_rts_duration(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
|
|
struct ieee80211_vif *vif, size_t frame_len,
|
|
const struct ieee80211_tx_info *frame_txctl);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* ieee80211_ctstoself_get - CTS-to-self frame generation function
|
|
* @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
|
|
* @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
|
|
* @frame: pointer to the frame that is going to be protected by the CTS-to-self.
|
|
* @frame_len: the frame length (in octets).
|
|
* @frame_txctl: &struct ieee80211_tx_info of the frame.
|
|
* @cts: The buffer where to store the CTS-to-self frame.
|
|
*
|
|
* If the CTS-to-self frames are generated by the host system (i.e., not in
|
|
* hardware/firmware), the low-level driver uses this function to receive
|
|
* the next CTS-to-self frame from the 802.11 code. The low-level is responsible
|
|
* for calling this function before and CTS-to-self frame is needed.
|
|
*/
|
|
void ieee80211_ctstoself_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
|
|
struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
|
|
const void *frame, size_t frame_len,
|
|
const struct ieee80211_tx_info *frame_txctl,
|
|
struct ieee80211_cts *cts);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* ieee80211_ctstoself_duration - Get the duration field for a CTS-to-self frame
|
|
* @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
|
|
* @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
|
|
* @frame_len: the length of the frame that is going to be protected by the CTS-to-self.
|
|
* @frame_txctl: &struct ieee80211_tx_info of the frame.
|
|
*
|
|
* If the CTS-to-self is generated in firmware, but the host system must provide
|
|
* the duration field, the low-level driver uses this function to receive
|
|
* the duration field value in little-endian byteorder.
|
|
*
|
|
* Return: The duration.
|
|
*/
|
|
__le16 ieee80211_ctstoself_duration(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
|
|
struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
|
|
size_t frame_len,
|
|
const struct ieee80211_tx_info *frame_txctl);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* ieee80211_generic_frame_duration - Calculate the duration field for a frame
|
|
* @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
|
|
* @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
|
|
* @band: the band to calculate the frame duration on
|
|
* @frame_len: the length of the frame.
|
|
* @rate: the rate at which the frame is going to be transmitted.
|
|
*
|
|
* Calculate the duration field of some generic frame, given its
|
|
* length and transmission rate (in 100kbps).
|
|
*
|
|
* Return: The duration.
|
|
*/
|
|
__le16 ieee80211_generic_frame_duration(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
|
|
struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
|
|
enum nl80211_band band,
|
|
size_t frame_len,
|
|
struct ieee80211_rate *rate);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* ieee80211_get_buffered_bc - accessing buffered broadcast and multicast frames
|
|
* @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
|
|
* @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
|
|
*
|
|
* Function for accessing buffered broadcast and multicast frames. If
|
|
* hardware/firmware does not implement buffering of broadcast/multicast
|
|
* frames when power saving is used, 802.11 code buffers them in the host
|
|
* memory. The low-level driver uses this function to fetch next buffered
|
|
* frame. In most cases, this is used when generating beacon frame.
|
|
*
|
|
* Return: A pointer to the next buffered skb or NULL if no more buffered
|
|
* frames are available.
|
|
*
|
|
* Note: buffered frames are returned only after DTIM beacon frame was
|
|
* generated with ieee80211_beacon_get() and the low-level driver must thus
|
|
* call ieee80211_beacon_get() first. ieee80211_get_buffered_bc() returns
|
|
* NULL if the previous generated beacon was not DTIM, so the low-level driver
|
|
* does not need to check for DTIM beacons separately and should be able to
|
|
* use common code for all beacons.
|
|
*/
|
|
struct sk_buff *
|
|
ieee80211_get_buffered_bc(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* ieee80211_get_tkip_p1k_iv - get a TKIP phase 1 key for IV32
|
|
*
|
|
* This function returns the TKIP phase 1 key for the given IV32.
|
|
*
|
|
* @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key
|
|
* @iv32: IV32 to get the P1K for
|
|
* @p1k: a buffer to which the key will be written, as 5 u16 values
|
|
*/
|
|
void ieee80211_get_tkip_p1k_iv(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf,
|
|
u32 iv32, u16 *p1k);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* ieee80211_get_tkip_p1k - get a TKIP phase 1 key
|
|
*
|
|
* This function returns the TKIP phase 1 key for the IV32 taken
|
|
* from the given packet.
|
|
*
|
|
* @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key
|
|
* @skb: the packet to take the IV32 value from that will be encrypted
|
|
* with this P1K
|
|
* @p1k: a buffer to which the key will be written, as 5 u16 values
|
|
*/
|
|
static inline void ieee80211_get_tkip_p1k(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf,
|
|
struct sk_buff *skb, u16 *p1k)
|
|
{
|
|
struct ieee80211_hdr *hdr = (struct ieee80211_hdr *)skb->data;
|
|
const u8 *data = (u8 *)hdr + ieee80211_hdrlen(hdr->frame_control);
|
|
u32 iv32 = get_unaligned_le32(&data[4]);
|
|
|
|
ieee80211_get_tkip_p1k_iv(keyconf, iv32, p1k);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* ieee80211_get_tkip_rx_p1k - get a TKIP phase 1 key for RX
|
|
*
|
|
* This function returns the TKIP phase 1 key for the given IV32
|
|
* and transmitter address.
|
|
*
|
|
* @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key
|
|
* @ta: TA that will be used with the key
|
|
* @iv32: IV32 to get the P1K for
|
|
* @p1k: a buffer to which the key will be written, as 5 u16 values
|
|
*/
|
|
void ieee80211_get_tkip_rx_p1k(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf,
|
|
const u8 *ta, u32 iv32, u16 *p1k);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* ieee80211_get_tkip_p2k - get a TKIP phase 2 key
|
|
*
|
|
* This function computes the TKIP RC4 key for the IV values
|
|
* in the packet.
|
|
*
|
|
* @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key
|
|
* @skb: the packet to take the IV32/IV16 values from that will be
|
|
* encrypted with this key
|
|
* @p2k: a buffer to which the key will be written, 16 bytes
|
|
*/
|
|
void ieee80211_get_tkip_p2k(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf,
|
|
struct sk_buff *skb, u8 *p2k);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* ieee80211_tkip_add_iv - write TKIP IV and Ext. IV to pos
|
|
*
|
|
* @pos: start of crypto header
|
|
* @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key
|
|
* @pn: PN to add
|
|
*
|
|
* Returns: pointer to the octet following IVs (i.e. beginning of
|
|
* the packet payload)
|
|
*
|
|
* This function writes the tkip IV value to pos (which should
|
|
* point to the crypto header)
|
|
*/
|
|
u8 *ieee80211_tkip_add_iv(u8 *pos, struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf, u64 pn);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* ieee80211_get_key_rx_seq - get key RX sequence counter
|
|
*
|
|
* @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key
|
|
* @tid: The TID, or -1 for the management frame value (CCMP/GCMP only);
|
|
* the value on TID 0 is also used for non-QoS frames. For
|
|
* CMAC, only TID 0 is valid.
|
|
* @seq: buffer to receive the sequence data
|
|
*
|
|
* This function allows a driver to retrieve the current RX IV/PNs
|
|
* for the given key. It must not be called if IV checking is done
|
|
* by the device and not by mac80211.
|
|
*
|
|
* Note that this function may only be called when no RX processing
|
|
* can be done concurrently.
|
|
*/
|
|
void ieee80211_get_key_rx_seq(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf,
|
|
int tid, struct ieee80211_key_seq *seq);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* ieee80211_set_key_rx_seq - set key RX sequence counter
|
|
*
|
|
* @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key
|
|
* @tid: The TID, or -1 for the management frame value (CCMP/GCMP only);
|
|
* the value on TID 0 is also used for non-QoS frames. For
|
|
* CMAC, only TID 0 is valid.
|
|
* @seq: new sequence data
|
|
*
|
|
* This function allows a driver to set the current RX IV/PNs for the
|
|
* given key. This is useful when resuming from WoWLAN sleep and GTK
|
|
* rekey may have been done while suspended. It should not be called
|
|
* if IV checking is done by the device and not by mac80211.
|
|
*
|
|
* Note that this function may only be called when no RX processing
|
|
* can be done concurrently.
|
|
*/
|
|
void ieee80211_set_key_rx_seq(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf,
|
|
int tid, struct ieee80211_key_seq *seq);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* ieee80211_remove_key - remove the given key
|
|
* @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key
|
|
*
|
|
* Remove the given key. If the key was uploaded to the hardware at the
|
|
* time this function is called, it is not deleted in the hardware but
|
|
* instead assumed to have been removed already.
|
|
*
|
|
* Note that due to locking considerations this function can (currently)
|
|
* only be called during key iteration (ieee80211_iter_keys().)
|
|
*/
|
|
void ieee80211_remove_key(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* ieee80211_gtk_rekey_add - add a GTK key from rekeying during WoWLAN
|
|
* @vif: the virtual interface to add the key on
|
|
* @keyconf: new key data
|
|
*
|
|
* When GTK rekeying was done while the system was suspended, (a) new
|
|
* key(s) will be available. These will be needed by mac80211 for proper
|
|
* RX processing, so this function allows setting them.
|
|
*
|
|
* The function returns the newly allocated key structure, which will
|
|
* have similar contents to the passed key configuration but point to
|
|
* mac80211-owned memory. In case of errors, the function returns an
|
|
* ERR_PTR(), use IS_ERR() etc.
|
|
*
|
|
* Note that this function assumes the key isn't added to hardware
|
|
* acceleration, so no TX will be done with the key. Since it's a GTK
|
|
* on managed (station) networks, this is true anyway. If the driver
|
|
* calls this function from the resume callback and subsequently uses
|
|
* the return code 1 to reconfigure the device, this key will be part
|
|
* of the reconfiguration.
|
|
*
|
|
* Note that the driver should also call ieee80211_set_key_rx_seq()
|
|
* for the new key for each TID to set up sequence counters properly.
|
|
*
|
|
* IMPORTANT: If this replaces a key that is present in the hardware,
|
|
* then it will attempt to remove it during this call. In many cases
|
|
* this isn't what you want, so call ieee80211_remove_key() first for
|
|
* the key that's being replaced.
|
|
*/
|
|
struct ieee80211_key_conf *
|
|
ieee80211_gtk_rekey_add(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
|
|
struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* ieee80211_gtk_rekey_notify - notify userspace supplicant of rekeying
|
|
* @vif: virtual interface the rekeying was done on
|
|
* @bssid: The BSSID of the AP, for checking association
|
|
* @replay_ctr: the new replay counter after GTK rekeying
|
|
* @gfp: allocation flags
|
|
*/
|
|
void ieee80211_gtk_rekey_notify(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, const u8 *bssid,
|
|
const u8 *replay_ctr, gfp_t gfp);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* ieee80211_wake_queue - wake specific queue
|
|
* @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
|
|
* @queue: queue number (counted from zero).
|
|
*
|
|
* Drivers should use this function instead of netif_wake_queue.
|
|
*/
|
|
void ieee80211_wake_queue(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, int queue);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* ieee80211_stop_queue - stop specific queue
|
|
* @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
|
|
* @queue: queue number (counted from zero).
|
|
*
|
|
* Drivers should use this function instead of netif_stop_queue.
|
|
*/
|
|
void ieee80211_stop_queue(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, int queue);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* ieee80211_queue_stopped - test status of the queue
|
|
* @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
|
|
* @queue: queue number (counted from zero).
|
|
*
|
|
* Drivers should use this function instead of netif_stop_queue.
|
|
*
|
|
* Return: %true if the queue is stopped. %false otherwise.
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
int ieee80211_queue_stopped(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, int queue);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* ieee80211_stop_queues - stop all queues
|
|
* @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
|
|
*
|
|
* Drivers should use this function instead of netif_stop_queue.
|
|
*/
|
|
void ieee80211_stop_queues(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* ieee80211_wake_queues - wake all queues
|
|
* @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
|
|
*
|
|
* Drivers should use this function instead of netif_wake_queue.
|
|
*/
|
|
void ieee80211_wake_queues(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* ieee80211_scan_completed - completed hardware scan
|
|
*
|
|
* When hardware scan offload is used (i.e. the hw_scan() callback is
|
|
* assigned) this function needs to be called by the driver to notify
|
|
* mac80211 that the scan finished. This function can be called from
|
|
* any context, including hardirq context.
|
|
*
|
|
* @hw: the hardware that finished the scan
|
|
* @info: information about the completed scan
|
|
*/
|
|
void ieee80211_scan_completed(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
|
|
struct cfg80211_scan_info *info);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* ieee80211_sched_scan_results - got results from scheduled scan
|
|
*
|
|
* When a scheduled scan is running, this function needs to be called by the
|
|
* driver whenever there are new scan results available.
|
|
*
|
|
* @hw: the hardware that is performing scheduled scans
|
|
*/
|
|
void ieee80211_sched_scan_results(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* ieee80211_sched_scan_stopped - inform that the scheduled scan has stopped
|
|
*
|
|
* When a scheduled scan is running, this function can be called by
|
|
* the driver if it needs to stop the scan to perform another task.
|
|
* Usual scenarios are drivers that cannot continue the scheduled scan
|
|
* while associating, for instance.
|
|
*
|
|
* @hw: the hardware that is performing scheduled scans
|
|
*/
|
|
void ieee80211_sched_scan_stopped(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* enum ieee80211_interface_iteration_flags - interface iteration flags
|
|
* @IEEE80211_IFACE_ITER_NORMAL: Iterate over all interfaces that have
|
|
* been added to the driver; However, note that during hardware
|
|
* reconfiguration (after restart_hw) it will iterate over a new
|
|
* interface and over all the existing interfaces even if they
|
|
* haven't been re-added to the driver yet.
|
|
* @IEEE80211_IFACE_ITER_RESUME_ALL: During resume, iterate over all
|
|
* interfaces, even if they haven't been re-added to the driver yet.
|
|
* @IEEE80211_IFACE_ITER_ACTIVE: Iterate only active interfaces (netdev is up).
|
|
*/
|
|
enum ieee80211_interface_iteration_flags {
|
|
IEEE80211_IFACE_ITER_NORMAL = 0,
|
|
IEEE80211_IFACE_ITER_RESUME_ALL = BIT(0),
|
|
IEEE80211_IFACE_ITER_ACTIVE = BIT(1),
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* ieee80211_iterate_interfaces - iterate interfaces
|
|
*
|
|
* This function iterates over the interfaces associated with a given
|
|
* hardware and calls the callback for them. This includes active as well as
|
|
* inactive interfaces. This function allows the iterator function to sleep.
|
|
* Will iterate over a new interface during add_interface().
|
|
*
|
|
* @hw: the hardware struct of which the interfaces should be iterated over
|
|
* @iter_flags: iteration flags, see &enum ieee80211_interface_iteration_flags
|
|
* @iterator: the iterator function to call
|
|
* @data: first argument of the iterator function
|
|
*/
|
|
void ieee80211_iterate_interfaces(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 iter_flags,
|
|
void (*iterator)(void *data, u8 *mac,
|
|
struct ieee80211_vif *vif),
|
|
void *data);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces - iterate active interfaces
|
|
*
|
|
* This function iterates over the interfaces associated with a given
|
|
* hardware that are currently active and calls the callback for them.
|
|
* This function allows the iterator function to sleep, when the iterator
|
|
* function is atomic @ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces_atomic can
|
|
* be used.
|
|
* Does not iterate over a new interface during add_interface().
|
|
*
|
|
* @hw: the hardware struct of which the interfaces should be iterated over
|
|
* @iter_flags: iteration flags, see &enum ieee80211_interface_iteration_flags
|
|
* @iterator: the iterator function to call
|
|
* @data: first argument of the iterator function
|
|
*/
|
|
static inline void
|
|
ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 iter_flags,
|
|
void (*iterator)(void *data, u8 *mac,
|
|
struct ieee80211_vif *vif),
|
|
void *data)
|
|
{
|
|
ieee80211_iterate_interfaces(hw,
|
|
iter_flags | IEEE80211_IFACE_ITER_ACTIVE,
|
|
iterator, data);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces_atomic - iterate active interfaces
|
|
*
|
|
* This function iterates over the interfaces associated with a given
|
|
* hardware that are currently active and calls the callback for them.
|
|
* This function requires the iterator callback function to be atomic,
|
|
* if that is not desired, use @ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces instead.
|
|
* Does not iterate over a new interface during add_interface().
|
|
*
|
|
* @hw: the hardware struct of which the interfaces should be iterated over
|
|
* @iter_flags: iteration flags, see &enum ieee80211_interface_iteration_flags
|
|
* @iterator: the iterator function to call, cannot sleep
|
|
* @data: first argument of the iterator function
|
|
*/
|
|
void ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces_atomic(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
|
|
u32 iter_flags,
|
|
void (*iterator)(void *data,
|
|
u8 *mac,
|
|
struct ieee80211_vif *vif),
|
|
void *data);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces_rtnl - iterate active interfaces
|
|
*
|
|
* This function iterates over the interfaces associated with a given
|
|
* hardware that are currently active and calls the callback for them.
|
|
* This version can only be used while holding the RTNL.
|
|
*
|
|
* @hw: the hardware struct of which the interfaces should be iterated over
|
|
* @iter_flags: iteration flags, see &enum ieee80211_interface_iteration_flags
|
|
* @iterator: the iterator function to call, cannot sleep
|
|
* @data: first argument of the iterator function
|
|
*/
|
|
void ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces_rtnl(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
|
|
u32 iter_flags,
|
|
void (*iterator)(void *data,
|
|
u8 *mac,
|
|
struct ieee80211_vif *vif),
|
|
void *data);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* ieee80211_iterate_stations_atomic - iterate stations
|
|
*
|
|
* This function iterates over all stations associated with a given
|
|
* hardware that are currently uploaded to the driver and calls the callback
|
|
* function for them.
|
|
* This function requires the iterator callback function to be atomic,
|
|
*
|
|
* @hw: the hardware struct of which the interfaces should be iterated over
|
|
* @iterator: the iterator function to call, cannot sleep
|
|
* @data: first argument of the iterator function
|
|
*/
|
|
void ieee80211_iterate_stations_atomic(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
|
|
void (*iterator)(void *data,
|
|
struct ieee80211_sta *sta),
|
|
void *data);
|
|
/**
|
|
* ieee80211_queue_work - add work onto the mac80211 workqueue
|
|
*
|
|
* Drivers and mac80211 use this to add work onto the mac80211 workqueue.
|
|
* This helper ensures drivers are not queueing work when they should not be.
|
|
*
|
|
* @hw: the hardware struct for the interface we are adding work for
|
|
* @work: the work we want to add onto the mac80211 workqueue
|
|
*/
|
|
void ieee80211_queue_work(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct work_struct *work);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* ieee80211_queue_delayed_work - add work onto the mac80211 workqueue
|
|
*
|
|
* Drivers and mac80211 use this to queue delayed work onto the mac80211
|
|
* workqueue.
|
|
*
|
|
* @hw: the hardware struct for the interface we are adding work for
|
|
* @dwork: delayable work to queue onto the mac80211 workqueue
|
|
* @delay: number of jiffies to wait before queueing
|
|
*/
|
|
void ieee80211_queue_delayed_work(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
|
|
struct delayed_work *dwork,
|
|
unsigned long delay);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* ieee80211_start_tx_ba_session - Start a tx Block Ack session.
|
|
* @sta: the station for which to start a BA session
|
|
* @tid: the TID to BA on.
|
|
* @timeout: session timeout value (in TUs)
|
|
*
|
|
* Return: success if addBA request was sent, failure otherwise
|
|
*
|
|
* Although mac80211/low level driver/user space application can estimate
|
|
* the need to start aggregation on a certain RA/TID, the session level
|
|
* will be managed by the mac80211.
|
|
*/
|
|
int ieee80211_start_tx_ba_session(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u16 tid,
|
|
u16 timeout);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* ieee80211_start_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe - low level driver ready to aggregate.
|
|
* @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback
|
|
* @ra: receiver address of the BA session recipient.
|
|
* @tid: the TID to BA on.
|
|
*
|
|
* This function must be called by low level driver once it has
|
|
* finished with preparations for the BA session. It can be called
|
|
* from any context.
|
|
*/
|
|
void ieee80211_start_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, const u8 *ra,
|
|
u16 tid);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_session - Stop a Block Ack session.
|
|
* @sta: the station whose BA session to stop
|
|
* @tid: the TID to stop BA.
|
|
*
|
|
* Return: negative error if the TID is invalid, or no aggregation active
|
|
*
|
|
* Although mac80211/low level driver/user space application can estimate
|
|
* the need to stop aggregation on a certain RA/TID, the session level
|
|
* will be managed by the mac80211.
|
|
*/
|
|
int ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_session(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u16 tid);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe - low level driver ready to stop aggregate.
|
|
* @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback
|
|
* @ra: receiver address of the BA session recipient.
|
|
* @tid: the desired TID to BA on.
|
|
*
|
|
* This function must be called by low level driver once it has
|
|
* finished with preparations for the BA session tear down. It
|
|
* can be called from any context.
|
|
*/
|
|
void ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, const u8 *ra,
|
|
u16 tid);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* ieee80211_find_sta - find a station
|
|
*
|
|
* @vif: virtual interface to look for station on
|
|
* @addr: station's address
|
|
*
|
|
* Return: The station, if found. %NULL otherwise.
|
|
*
|
|
* Note: This function must be called under RCU lock and the
|
|
* resulting pointer is only valid under RCU lock as well.
|
|
*/
|
|
struct ieee80211_sta *ieee80211_find_sta(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
|
|
const u8 *addr);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* ieee80211_find_sta_by_ifaddr - find a station on hardware
|
|
*
|
|
* @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
|
|
* @addr: remote station's address
|
|
* @localaddr: local address (vif->sdata->vif.addr). Use NULL for 'any'.
|
|
*
|
|
* Return: The station, if found. %NULL otherwise.
|
|
*
|
|
* Note: This function must be called under RCU lock and the
|
|
* resulting pointer is only valid under RCU lock as well.
|
|
*
|
|
* NOTE: You may pass NULL for localaddr, but then you will just get
|
|
* the first STA that matches the remote address 'addr'.
|
|
* We can have multiple STA associated with multiple
|
|
* logical stations (e.g. consider a station connecting to another
|
|
* BSSID on the same AP hardware without disconnecting first).
|
|
* In this case, the result of this method with localaddr NULL
|
|
* is not reliable.
|
|
*
|
|
* DO NOT USE THIS FUNCTION with localaddr NULL if at all possible.
|
|
*/
|
|
struct ieee80211_sta *ieee80211_find_sta_by_ifaddr(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
|
|
const u8 *addr,
|
|
const u8 *localaddr);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* ieee80211_sta_block_awake - block station from waking up
|
|
* @hw: the hardware
|
|
* @pubsta: the station
|
|
* @block: whether to block or unblock
|
|
*
|
|
* Some devices require that all frames that are on the queues
|
|
* for a specific station that went to sleep are flushed before
|
|
* a poll response or frames after the station woke up can be
|
|
* delivered to that it. Note that such frames must be rejected
|
|
* by the driver as filtered, with the appropriate status flag.
|
|
*
|
|
* This function allows implementing this mode in a race-free
|
|
* manner.
|
|
*
|
|
* To do this, a driver must keep track of the number of frames
|
|
* still enqueued for a specific station. If this number is not
|
|
* zero when the station goes to sleep, the driver must call
|
|
* this function to force mac80211 to consider the station to
|
|
* be asleep regardless of the station's actual state. Once the
|
|
* number of outstanding frames reaches zero, the driver must
|
|
* call this function again to unblock the station. That will
|
|
* cause mac80211 to be able to send ps-poll responses, and if
|
|
* the station queried in the meantime then frames will also
|
|
* be sent out as a result of this. Additionally, the driver
|
|
* will be notified that the station woke up some time after
|
|
* it is unblocked, regardless of whether the station actually
|
|
* woke up while blocked or not.
|
|
*/
|
|
void ieee80211_sta_block_awake(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
|
|
struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta, bool block);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* ieee80211_sta_eosp - notify mac80211 about end of SP
|
|
* @pubsta: the station
|
|
*
|
|
* When a device transmits frames in a way that it can't tell
|
|
* mac80211 in the TX status about the EOSP, it must clear the
|
|
* %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP bit and call this function instead.
|
|
* This applies for PS-Poll as well as uAPSD.
|
|
*
|
|
* Note that just like with _tx_status() and _rx() drivers must
|
|
* not mix calls to irqsafe/non-irqsafe versions, this function
|
|
* must not be mixed with those either. Use the all irqsafe, or
|
|
* all non-irqsafe, don't mix!
|
|
*
|
|
* NB: the _irqsafe version of this function doesn't exist, no
|
|
* driver needs it right now. Don't call this function if
|
|
* you'd need the _irqsafe version, look at the git history
|
|
* and restore the _irqsafe version!
|
|
*/
|
|
void ieee80211_sta_eosp(struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* ieee80211_send_eosp_nullfunc - ask mac80211 to send NDP with EOSP
|
|
* @pubsta: the station
|
|
* @tid: the tid of the NDP
|
|
*
|
|
* Sometimes the device understands that it needs to close
|
|
* the Service Period unexpectedly. This can happen when
|
|
* sending frames that are filling holes in the BA window.
|
|
* In this case, the device can ask mac80211 to send a
|
|
* Nullfunc frame with EOSP set. When that happens, the
|
|
* driver must have called ieee80211_sta_set_buffered() to
|
|
* let mac80211 know that there are no buffered frames any
|
|
* more, otherwise mac80211 will get the more_data bit wrong.
|
|
* The low level driver must have made sure that the frame
|
|
* will be sent despite the station being in power-save.
|
|
* Mac80211 won't call allow_buffered_frames().
|
|
* Note that calling this function, doesn't exempt the driver
|
|
* from closing the EOSP properly, it will still have to call
|
|
* ieee80211_sta_eosp when the NDP is sent.
|
|
*/
|
|
void ieee80211_send_eosp_nullfunc(struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta, int tid);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* ieee80211_sta_register_airtime - register airtime usage for a sta/tid
|
|
*
|
|
* Register airtime usage for a given sta on a given tid. The driver can call
|
|
* this function to notify mac80211 that a station used a certain amount of
|
|
* airtime. This information will be used by the TXQ scheduler to schedule
|
|
* stations in a way that ensures airtime fairness.
|
|
*
|
|
* The reported airtime should as a minimum include all time that is spent
|
|
* transmitting to the remote station, including overhead and padding, but not
|
|
* including time spent waiting for a TXOP. If the time is not reported by the
|
|
* hardware it can in some cases be calculated from the rate and known frame
|
|
* composition. When possible, the time should include any failed transmission
|
|
* attempts.
|
|
*
|
|
* The driver can either call this function synchronously for every packet or
|
|
* aggregate, or asynchronously as airtime usage information becomes available.
|
|
* TX and RX airtime can be reported together, or separately by setting one of
|
|
* them to 0.
|
|
*
|
|
* @pubsta: the station
|
|
* @tid: the TID to register airtime for
|
|
* @tx_airtime: airtime used during TX (in usec)
|
|
* @rx_airtime: airtime used during RX (in usec)
|
|
*/
|
|
void ieee80211_sta_register_airtime(struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta, u8 tid,
|
|
u32 tx_airtime, u32 rx_airtime);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* ieee80211_iter_keys - iterate keys programmed into the device
|
|
* @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
|
|
* @vif: virtual interface to iterate, may be %NULL for all
|
|
* @iter: iterator function that will be called for each key
|
|
* @iter_data: custom data to pass to the iterator function
|
|
*
|
|
* This function can be used to iterate all the keys known to
|
|
* mac80211, even those that weren't previously programmed into
|
|
* the device. This is intended for use in WoWLAN if the device
|
|
* needs reprogramming of the keys during suspend. Note that due
|
|
* to locking reasons, it is also only safe to call this at few
|
|
* spots since it must hold the RTNL and be able to sleep.
|
|
*
|
|
* The order in which the keys are iterated matches the order
|
|
* in which they were originally installed and handed to the
|
|
* set_key callback.
|
|
*/
|
|
void ieee80211_iter_keys(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
|
|
struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
|
|
void (*iter)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
|
|
struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
|
|
struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
|
|
struct ieee80211_key_conf *key,
|
|
void *data),
|
|
void *iter_data);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* ieee80211_iter_keys_rcu - iterate keys programmed into the device
|
|
* @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
|
|
* @vif: virtual interface to iterate, may be %NULL for all
|
|
* @iter: iterator function that will be called for each key
|
|
* @iter_data: custom data to pass to the iterator function
|
|
*
|
|
* This function can be used to iterate all the keys known to
|
|
* mac80211, even those that weren't previously programmed into
|
|
* the device. Note that due to locking reasons, keys of station
|
|
* in removal process will be skipped.
|
|
*
|
|
* This function requires being called in an RCU critical section,
|
|
* and thus iter must be atomic.
|
|
*/
|
|
void ieee80211_iter_keys_rcu(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
|
|
struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
|
|
void (*iter)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
|
|
struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
|
|
struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
|
|
struct ieee80211_key_conf *key,
|
|
void *data),
|
|
void *iter_data);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* ieee80211_iter_chan_contexts_atomic - iterate channel contexts
|
|
* @hw: pointre obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
|
|
* @iter: iterator function
|
|
* @iter_data: data passed to iterator function
|
|
*
|
|
* Iterate all active channel contexts. This function is atomic and
|
|
* doesn't acquire any locks internally that might be held in other
|
|
* places while calling into the driver.
|
|
*
|
|
* The iterator will not find a context that's being added (during
|
|
* the driver callback to add it) but will find it while it's being
|
|
* removed.
|
|
*
|
|
* Note that during hardware restart, all contexts that existed
|
|
* before the restart are considered already present so will be
|
|
* found while iterating, whether they've been re-added already
|
|
* or not.
|
|
*/
|
|
void ieee80211_iter_chan_contexts_atomic(
|
|
struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
|
|
void (*iter)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
|
|
struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *chanctx_conf,
|
|
void *data),
|
|
void *iter_data);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* ieee80211_ap_probereq_get - retrieve a Probe Request template
|
|
* @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
|
|
* @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
|
|
*
|
|
* Creates a Probe Request template which can, for example, be uploaded to
|
|
* hardware. The template is filled with bssid, ssid and supported rate
|
|
* information. This function must only be called from within the
|
|
* .bss_info_changed callback function and only in managed mode. The function
|
|
* is only useful when the interface is associated, otherwise it will return
|
|
* %NULL.
|
|
*
|
|
* Return: The Probe Request template. %NULL on error.
|
|
*/
|
|
struct sk_buff *ieee80211_ap_probereq_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
|
|
struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* ieee80211_beacon_loss - inform hardware does not receive beacons
|
|
*
|
|
* @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
|
|
*
|
|
* When beacon filtering is enabled with %IEEE80211_VIF_BEACON_FILTER and
|
|
* %IEEE80211_CONF_PS is set, the driver needs to inform whenever the
|
|
* hardware is not receiving beacons with this function.
|
|
*/
|
|
void ieee80211_beacon_loss(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* ieee80211_connection_loss - inform hardware has lost connection to the AP
|
|
*
|
|
* @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
|
|
*
|
|
* When beacon filtering is enabled with %IEEE80211_VIF_BEACON_FILTER, and
|
|
* %IEEE80211_CONF_PS and %IEEE80211_HW_CONNECTION_MONITOR are set, the driver
|
|
* needs to inform if the connection to the AP has been lost.
|
|
* The function may also be called if the connection needs to be terminated
|
|
* for some other reason, even if %IEEE80211_HW_CONNECTION_MONITOR isn't set.
|
|
*
|
|
* This function will cause immediate change to disassociated state,
|
|
* without connection recovery attempts.
|
|
*/
|
|
void ieee80211_connection_loss(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* ieee80211_resume_disconnect - disconnect from AP after resume
|
|
*
|
|
* @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
|
|
*
|
|
* Instructs mac80211 to disconnect from the AP after resume.
|
|
* Drivers can use this after WoWLAN if they know that the
|
|
* connection cannot be kept up, for example because keys were
|
|
* used while the device was asleep but the replay counters or
|
|
* similar cannot be retrieved from the device during resume.
|
|
*
|
|
* Note that due to implementation issues, if the driver uses
|
|
* the reconfiguration functionality during resume the interface
|
|
* will still be added as associated first during resume and then
|
|
* disconnect normally later.
|
|
*
|
|
* This function can only be called from the resume callback and
|
|
* the driver must not be holding any of its own locks while it
|
|
* calls this function, or at least not any locks it needs in the
|
|
* key configuration paths (if it supports HW crypto).
|
|
*/
|
|
void ieee80211_resume_disconnect(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* ieee80211_cqm_rssi_notify - inform a configured connection quality monitoring
|
|
* rssi threshold triggered
|
|
*
|
|
* @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
|
|
* @rssi_event: the RSSI trigger event type
|
|
* @rssi_level: new RSSI level value or 0 if not available
|
|
* @gfp: context flags
|
|
*
|
|
* When the %IEEE80211_VIF_SUPPORTS_CQM_RSSI is set, and a connection quality
|
|
* monitoring is configured with an rssi threshold, the driver will inform
|
|
* whenever the rssi level reaches the threshold.
|
|
*/
|
|
void ieee80211_cqm_rssi_notify(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
|
|
enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event rssi_event,
|
|
s32 rssi_level,
|
|
gfp_t gfp);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* ieee80211_cqm_beacon_loss_notify - inform CQM of beacon loss
|
|
*
|
|
* @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
|
|
* @gfp: context flags
|
|
*/
|
|
void ieee80211_cqm_beacon_loss_notify(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, gfp_t gfp);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* ieee80211_radar_detected - inform that a radar was detected
|
|
*
|
|
* @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
|
|
*/
|
|
void ieee80211_radar_detected(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* ieee80211_chswitch_done - Complete channel switch process
|
|
* @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
|
|
* @success: make the channel switch successful or not
|
|
*
|
|
* Complete the channel switch post-process: set the new operational channel
|
|
* and wake up the suspended queues.
|
|
*/
|
|
void ieee80211_chswitch_done(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, bool success);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* ieee80211_request_smps - request SM PS transition
|
|
* @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
|
|
* @smps_mode: new SM PS mode
|
|
*
|
|
* This allows the driver to request an SM PS transition in managed
|
|
* mode. This is useful when the driver has more information than
|
|
* the stack about possible interference, for example by bluetooth.
|
|
*/
|
|
void ieee80211_request_smps(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
|
|
enum ieee80211_smps_mode smps_mode);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* ieee80211_ready_on_channel - notification of remain-on-channel start
|
|
* @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
|
|
*/
|
|
void ieee80211_ready_on_channel(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* ieee80211_remain_on_channel_expired - remain_on_channel duration expired
|
|
* @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
|
|
*/
|
|
void ieee80211_remain_on_channel_expired(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* ieee80211_stop_rx_ba_session - callback to stop existing BA sessions
|
|
*
|
|
* in order not to harm the system performance and user experience, the device
|
|
* may request not to allow any rx ba session and tear down existing rx ba
|
|
* sessions based on system constraints such as periodic BT activity that needs
|
|
* to limit wlan activity (eg.sco or a2dp)."
|
|
* in such cases, the intention is to limit the duration of the rx ppdu and
|
|
* therefore prevent the peer device to use a-mpdu aggregation.
|
|
*
|
|
* @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
|
|
* @ba_rx_bitmap: Bit map of open rx ba per tid
|
|
* @addr: & to bssid mac address
|
|
*/
|
|
void ieee80211_stop_rx_ba_session(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, u16 ba_rx_bitmap,
|
|
const u8 *addr);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* ieee80211_mark_rx_ba_filtered_frames - move RX BA window and mark filtered
|
|
* @pubsta: station struct
|
|
* @tid: the session's TID
|
|
* @ssn: starting sequence number of the bitmap, all frames before this are
|
|
* assumed to be out of the window after the call
|
|
* @filtered: bitmap of filtered frames, BIT(0) is the @ssn entry etc.
|
|
* @received_mpdus: number of received mpdus in firmware
|
|
*
|
|
* This function moves the BA window and releases all frames before @ssn, and
|
|
* marks frames marked in the bitmap as having been filtered. Afterwards, it
|
|
* checks if any frames in the window starting from @ssn can now be released
|
|
* (in case they were only waiting for frames that were filtered.)
|
|
*/
|
|
void ieee80211_mark_rx_ba_filtered_frames(struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta, u8 tid,
|
|
u16 ssn, u64 filtered,
|
|
u16 received_mpdus);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* ieee80211_send_bar - send a BlockAckReq frame
|
|
*
|
|
* can be used to flush pending frames from the peer's aggregation reorder
|
|
* buffer.
|
|
*
|
|
* @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
|
|
* @ra: the peer's destination address
|
|
* @tid: the TID of the aggregation session
|
|
* @ssn: the new starting sequence number for the receiver
|
|
*/
|
|
void ieee80211_send_bar(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, u8 *ra, u16 tid, u16 ssn);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* ieee80211_manage_rx_ba_offl - helper to queue an RX BA work
|
|
* @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback
|
|
* @addr: station mac address
|
|
* @tid: the rx tid
|
|
*/
|
|
void ieee80211_manage_rx_ba_offl(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, const u8 *addr,
|
|
unsigned int tid);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* ieee80211_start_rx_ba_session_offl - start a Rx BA session
|
|
*
|
|
* Some device drivers may offload part of the Rx aggregation flow including
|
|
* AddBa/DelBa negotiation but may otherwise be incapable of full Rx
|
|
* reordering.
|
|
*
|
|
* Create structures responsible for reordering so device drivers may call here
|
|
* when they complete AddBa negotiation.
|
|
*
|
|
* @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback
|
|
* @addr: station mac address
|
|
* @tid: the rx tid
|
|
*/
|
|
static inline void ieee80211_start_rx_ba_session_offl(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
|
|
const u8 *addr, u16 tid)
|
|
{
|
|
if (WARN_ON(tid >= IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS))
|
|
return;
|
|
ieee80211_manage_rx_ba_offl(vif, addr, tid);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* ieee80211_stop_rx_ba_session_offl - stop a Rx BA session
|
|
*
|
|
* Some device drivers may offload part of the Rx aggregation flow including
|
|
* AddBa/DelBa negotiation but may otherwise be incapable of full Rx
|
|
* reordering.
|
|
*
|
|
* Destroy structures responsible for reordering so device drivers may call here
|
|
* when they complete DelBa negotiation.
|
|
*
|
|
* @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback
|
|
* @addr: station mac address
|
|
* @tid: the rx tid
|
|
*/
|
|
static inline void ieee80211_stop_rx_ba_session_offl(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
|
|
const u8 *addr, u16 tid)
|
|
{
|
|
if (WARN_ON(tid >= IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS))
|
|
return;
|
|
ieee80211_manage_rx_ba_offl(vif, addr, tid + IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* ieee80211_rx_ba_timer_expired - stop a Rx BA session due to timeout
|
|
*
|
|
* Some device drivers do not offload AddBa/DelBa negotiation, but handle rx
|
|
* buffer reording internally, and therefore also handle the session timer.
|
|
*
|
|
* Trigger the timeout flow, which sends a DelBa.
|
|
*
|
|
* @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback
|
|
* @addr: station mac address
|
|
* @tid: the rx tid
|
|
*/
|
|
void ieee80211_rx_ba_timer_expired(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
|
|
const u8 *addr, unsigned int tid);
|
|
|
|
/* Rate control API */
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* struct ieee80211_tx_rate_control - rate control information for/from RC algo
|
|
*
|
|
* @hw: The hardware the algorithm is invoked for.
|
|
* @sband: The band this frame is being transmitted on.
|
|
* @bss_conf: the current BSS configuration
|
|
* @skb: the skb that will be transmitted, the control information in it needs
|
|
* to be filled in
|
|
* @reported_rate: The rate control algorithm can fill this in to indicate
|
|
* which rate should be reported to userspace as the current rate and
|
|
* used for rate calculations in the mesh network.
|
|
* @rts: whether RTS will be used for this frame because it is longer than the
|
|
* RTS threshold
|
|
* @short_preamble: whether mac80211 will request short-preamble transmission
|
|
* if the selected rate supports it
|
|
* @rate_idx_mask: user-requested (legacy) rate mask
|
|
* @rate_idx_mcs_mask: user-requested MCS rate mask (NULL if not in use)
|
|
* @bss: whether this frame is sent out in AP or IBSS mode
|
|
*/
|
|
struct ieee80211_tx_rate_control {
|
|
struct ieee80211_hw *hw;
|
|
struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband;
|
|
struct ieee80211_bss_conf *bss_conf;
|
|
struct sk_buff *skb;
|
|
struct ieee80211_tx_rate reported_rate;
|
|
bool rts, short_preamble;
|
|
u32 rate_idx_mask;
|
|
u8 *rate_idx_mcs_mask;
|
|
bool bss;
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* enum rate_control_capabilities - rate control capabilities
|
|
*/
|
|
enum rate_control_capabilities {
|
|
/**
|
|
* @RATE_CTRL_CAPA_VHT_EXT_NSS_BW:
|
|
* Support for extended NSS BW support (dot11VHTExtendedNSSCapable)
|
|
* Note that this is only looked at if the minimum number of chains
|
|
* that the AP uses is < the number of TX chains the hardware has,
|
|
* otherwise the NSS difference doesn't bother us.
|
|
*/
|
|
RATE_CTRL_CAPA_VHT_EXT_NSS_BW = BIT(0),
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
struct rate_control_ops {
|
|
unsigned long capa;
|
|
const char *name;
|
|
void *(*alloc)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct dentry *debugfsdir);
|
|
void (*free)(void *priv);
|
|
|
|
void *(*alloc_sta)(void *priv, struct ieee80211_sta *sta, gfp_t gfp);
|
|
void (*rate_init)(void *priv, struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
|
|
struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
|
|
struct ieee80211_sta *sta, void *priv_sta);
|
|
void (*rate_update)(void *priv, struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
|
|
struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
|
|
struct ieee80211_sta *sta, void *priv_sta,
|
|
u32 changed);
|
|
void (*free_sta)(void *priv, struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
|
|
void *priv_sta);
|
|
|
|
void (*tx_status_ext)(void *priv,
|
|
struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
|
|
void *priv_sta, struct ieee80211_tx_status *st);
|
|
void (*tx_status)(void *priv, struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
|
|
struct ieee80211_sta *sta, void *priv_sta,
|
|
struct sk_buff *skb);
|
|
void (*get_rate)(void *priv, struct ieee80211_sta *sta, void *priv_sta,
|
|
struct ieee80211_tx_rate_control *txrc);
|
|
|
|
void (*add_sta_debugfs)(void *priv, void *priv_sta,
|
|
struct dentry *dir);
|
|
void (*remove_sta_debugfs)(void *priv, void *priv_sta);
|
|
|
|
u32 (*get_expected_throughput)(void *priv_sta);
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
static inline int rate_supported(struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
|
|
enum nl80211_band band,
|
|
int index)
|
|
{
|
|
return (sta == NULL || sta->supp_rates[band] & BIT(index));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* rate_control_send_low - helper for drivers for management/no-ack frames
|
|
*
|
|
* Rate control algorithms that agree to use the lowest rate to
|
|
* send management frames and NO_ACK data with the respective hw
|
|
* retries should use this in the beginning of their mac80211 get_rate
|
|
* callback. If true is returned the rate control can simply return.
|
|
* If false is returned we guarantee that sta and sta and priv_sta is
|
|
* not null.
|
|
*
|
|
* Rate control algorithms wishing to do more intelligent selection of
|
|
* rate for multicast/broadcast frames may choose to not use this.
|
|
*
|
|
* @sta: &struct ieee80211_sta pointer to the target destination. Note
|
|
* that this may be null.
|
|
* @priv_sta: private rate control structure. This may be null.
|
|
* @txrc: rate control information we sholud populate for mac80211.
|
|
*/
|
|
bool rate_control_send_low(struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
|
|
void *priv_sta,
|
|
struct ieee80211_tx_rate_control *txrc);
|
|
|
|
|
|
static inline s8
|
|
rate_lowest_index(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
|
|
struct ieee80211_sta *sta)
|
|
{
|
|
int i;
|
|
|
|
for (i = 0; i < sband->n_bitrates; i++)
|
|
if (rate_supported(sta, sband->band, i))
|
|
return i;
|
|
|
|
/* warn when we cannot find a rate. */
|
|
WARN_ON_ONCE(1);
|
|
|
|
/* and return 0 (the lowest index) */
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static inline
|
|
bool rate_usable_index_exists(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
|
|
struct ieee80211_sta *sta)
|
|
{
|
|
unsigned int i;
|
|
|
|
for (i = 0; i < sband->n_bitrates; i++)
|
|
if (rate_supported(sta, sband->band, i))
|
|
return true;
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* rate_control_set_rates - pass the sta rate selection to mac80211/driver
|
|
*
|
|
* When not doing a rate control probe to test rates, rate control should pass
|
|
* its rate selection to mac80211. If the driver supports receiving a station
|
|
* rate table, it will use it to ensure that frames are always sent based on
|
|
* the most recent rate control module decision.
|
|
*
|
|
* @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
|
|
* @pubsta: &struct ieee80211_sta pointer to the target destination.
|
|
* @rates: new tx rate set to be used for this station.
|
|
*/
|
|
int rate_control_set_rates(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
|
|
struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta,
|
|
struct ieee80211_sta_rates *rates);
|
|
|
|
int ieee80211_rate_control_register(const struct rate_control_ops *ops);
|
|
void ieee80211_rate_control_unregister(const struct rate_control_ops *ops);
|
|
|
|
static inline bool
|
|
conf_is_ht20(struct ieee80211_conf *conf)
|
|
{
|
|
return conf->chandef.width == NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static inline bool
|
|
conf_is_ht40_minus(struct ieee80211_conf *conf)
|
|
{
|
|
return conf->chandef.width == NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40 &&
|
|
conf->chandef.center_freq1 < conf->chandef.chan->center_freq;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static inline bool
|
|
conf_is_ht40_plus(struct ieee80211_conf *conf)
|
|
{
|
|
return conf->chandef.width == NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40 &&
|
|
conf->chandef.center_freq1 > conf->chandef.chan->center_freq;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static inline bool
|
|
conf_is_ht40(struct ieee80211_conf *conf)
|
|
{
|
|
return conf->chandef.width == NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static inline bool
|
|
conf_is_ht(struct ieee80211_conf *conf)
|
|
{
|
|
return (conf->chandef.width != NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5) &&
|
|
(conf->chandef.width != NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10) &&
|
|
(conf->chandef.width != NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static inline enum nl80211_iftype
|
|
ieee80211_iftype_p2p(enum nl80211_iftype type, bool p2p)
|
|
{
|
|
if (p2p) {
|
|
switch (type) {
|
|
case NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION:
|
|
return NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT;
|
|
case NL80211_IFTYPE_AP:
|
|
return NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO;
|
|
default:
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
return type;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static inline enum nl80211_iftype
|
|
ieee80211_vif_type_p2p(struct ieee80211_vif *vif)
|
|
{
|
|
return ieee80211_iftype_p2p(vif->type, vif->p2p);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* ieee80211_update_mu_groups - set the VHT MU-MIMO groud data
|
|
*
|
|
* @vif: the specified virtual interface
|
|
* @membership: 64 bits array - a bit is set if station is member of the group
|
|
* @position: 2 bits per group id indicating the position in the group
|
|
*
|
|
* Note: This function assumes that the given vif is valid and the position and
|
|
* membership data is of the correct size and are in the same byte order as the
|
|
* matching GroupId management frame.
|
|
* Calls to this function need to be serialized with RX path.
|
|
*/
|
|
void ieee80211_update_mu_groups(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
|
|
const u8 *membership, const u8 *position);
|
|
|
|
void ieee80211_enable_rssi_reports(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
|
|
int rssi_min_thold,
|
|
int rssi_max_thold);
|
|
|
|
void ieee80211_disable_rssi_reports(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* ieee80211_ave_rssi - report the average RSSI for the specified interface
|
|
*
|
|
* @vif: the specified virtual interface
|
|
*
|
|
* Note: This function assumes that the given vif is valid.
|
|
*
|
|
* Return: The average RSSI value for the requested interface, or 0 if not
|
|
* applicable.
|
|
*/
|
|
int ieee80211_ave_rssi(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* ieee80211_report_wowlan_wakeup - report WoWLAN wakeup
|
|
* @vif: virtual interface
|
|
* @wakeup: wakeup reason(s)
|
|
* @gfp: allocation flags
|
|
*
|
|
* See cfg80211_report_wowlan_wakeup().
|
|
*/
|
|
void ieee80211_report_wowlan_wakeup(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
|
|
struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup *wakeup,
|
|
gfp_t gfp);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* ieee80211_tx_prepare_skb - prepare an 802.11 skb for transmission
|
|
* @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
|
|
* @vif: virtual interface
|
|
* @skb: frame to be sent from within the driver
|
|
* @band: the band to transmit on
|
|
* @sta: optional pointer to get the station to send the frame to
|
|
*
|
|
* Note: must be called under RCU lock
|
|
*/
|
|
bool ieee80211_tx_prepare_skb(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
|
|
struct ieee80211_vif *vif, struct sk_buff *skb,
|
|
int band, struct ieee80211_sta **sta);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* struct ieee80211_noa_data - holds temporary data for tracking P2P NoA state
|
|
*
|
|
* @next_tsf: TSF timestamp of the next absent state change
|
|
* @has_next_tsf: next absent state change event pending
|
|
*
|
|
* @absent: descriptor bitmask, set if GO is currently absent
|
|
*
|
|
* private:
|
|
*
|
|
* @count: count fields from the NoA descriptors
|
|
* @desc: adjusted data from the NoA
|
|
*/
|
|
struct ieee80211_noa_data {
|
|
u32 next_tsf;
|
|
bool has_next_tsf;
|
|
|
|
u8 absent;
|
|
|
|
u8 count[IEEE80211_P2P_NOA_DESC_MAX];
|
|
struct {
|
|
u32 start;
|
|
u32 duration;
|
|
u32 interval;
|
|
} desc[IEEE80211_P2P_NOA_DESC_MAX];
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* ieee80211_parse_p2p_noa - initialize NoA tracking data from P2P IE
|
|
*
|
|
* @attr: P2P NoA IE
|
|
* @data: NoA tracking data
|
|
* @tsf: current TSF timestamp
|
|
*
|
|
* Return: number of successfully parsed descriptors
|
|
*/
|
|
int ieee80211_parse_p2p_noa(const struct ieee80211_p2p_noa_attr *attr,
|
|
struct ieee80211_noa_data *data, u32 tsf);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* ieee80211_update_p2p_noa - get next pending P2P GO absent state change
|
|
*
|
|
* @data: NoA tracking data
|
|
* @tsf: current TSF timestamp
|
|
*/
|
|
void ieee80211_update_p2p_noa(struct ieee80211_noa_data *data, u32 tsf);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* ieee80211_tdls_oper - request userspace to perform a TDLS operation
|
|
* @vif: virtual interface
|
|
* @peer: the peer's destination address
|
|
* @oper: the requested TDLS operation
|
|
* @reason_code: reason code for the operation, valid for TDLS teardown
|
|
* @gfp: allocation flags
|
|
*
|
|
* See cfg80211_tdls_oper_request().
|
|
*/
|
|
void ieee80211_tdls_oper_request(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, const u8 *peer,
|
|
enum nl80211_tdls_operation oper,
|
|
u16 reason_code, gfp_t gfp);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* ieee80211_reserve_tid - request to reserve a specific TID
|
|
*
|
|
* There is sometimes a need (such as in TDLS) for blocking the driver from
|
|
* using a specific TID so that the FW can use it for certain operations such
|
|
* as sending PTI requests. To make sure that the driver doesn't use that TID,
|
|
* this function must be called as it flushes out packets on this TID and marks
|
|
* it as blocked, so that any transmit for the station on this TID will be
|
|
* redirected to the alternative TID in the same AC.
|
|
*
|
|
* Note that this function blocks and may call back into the driver, so it
|
|
* should be called without driver locks held. Also note this function should
|
|
* only be called from the driver's @sta_state callback.
|
|
*
|
|
* @sta: the station to reserve the TID for
|
|
* @tid: the TID to reserve
|
|
*
|
|
* Returns: 0 on success, else on failure
|
|
*/
|
|
int ieee80211_reserve_tid(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u8 tid);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* ieee80211_unreserve_tid - request to unreserve a specific TID
|
|
*
|
|
* Once there is no longer any need for reserving a certain TID, this function
|
|
* should be called, and no longer will packets have their TID modified for
|
|
* preventing use of this TID in the driver.
|
|
*
|
|
* Note that this function blocks and acquires a lock, so it should be called
|
|
* without driver locks held. Also note this function should only be called
|
|
* from the driver's @sta_state callback.
|
|
*
|
|
* @sta: the station
|
|
* @tid: the TID to unreserve
|
|
*/
|
|
void ieee80211_unreserve_tid(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u8 tid);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* ieee80211_tx_dequeue - dequeue a packet from a software tx queue
|
|
*
|
|
* @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
|
|
* @txq: pointer obtained from station or virtual interface, or from
|
|
* ieee80211_next_txq()
|
|
*
|
|
* Returns the skb if successful, %NULL if no frame was available.
|
|
*
|
|
* Note that this must be called in an rcu_read_lock() critical section,
|
|
* which can only be released after the SKB was handled. Some pointers in
|
|
* skb->cb, e.g. the key pointer, are protected by by RCU and thus the
|
|
* critical section must persist not just for the duration of this call
|
|
* but for the duration of the frame handling.
|
|
* However, also note that while in the wake_tx_queue() method,
|
|
* rcu_read_lock() is already held.
|
|
*/
|
|
struct sk_buff *ieee80211_tx_dequeue(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
|
|
struct ieee80211_txq *txq);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* ieee80211_next_txq - get next tx queue to pull packets from
|
|
*
|
|
* @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
|
|
* @ac: AC number to return packets from.
|
|
*
|
|
* Returns the next txq if successful, %NULL if no queue is eligible. If a txq
|
|
* is returned, it should be returned with ieee80211_return_txq() after the
|
|
* driver has finished scheduling it.
|
|
*/
|
|
struct ieee80211_txq *ieee80211_next_txq(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u8 ac);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* ieee80211_txq_schedule_start - start new scheduling round for TXQs
|
|
*
|
|
* @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
|
|
* @ac: AC number to acquire locks for
|
|
*
|
|
* Should be called before ieee80211_next_txq() or ieee80211_return_txq().
|
|
* The driver must not call multiple TXQ scheduling rounds concurrently.
|
|
*/
|
|
void ieee80211_txq_schedule_start(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u8 ac);
|
|
|
|
/* (deprecated) */
|
|
static inline void ieee80211_txq_schedule_end(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u8 ac)
|
|
{
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void __ieee80211_schedule_txq(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
|
|
struct ieee80211_txq *txq, bool force);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* ieee80211_schedule_txq - schedule a TXQ for transmission
|
|
*
|
|
* @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
|
|
* @txq: pointer obtained from station or virtual interface
|
|
*
|
|
* Schedules a TXQ for transmission if it is not already scheduled,
|
|
* even if mac80211 does not have any packets buffered.
|
|
*
|
|
* The driver may call this function if it has buffered packets for
|
|
* this TXQ internally.
|
|
*/
|
|
static inline void
|
|
ieee80211_schedule_txq(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_txq *txq)
|
|
{
|
|
__ieee80211_schedule_txq(hw, txq, true);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* ieee80211_return_txq - return a TXQ previously acquired by ieee80211_next_txq()
|
|
*
|
|
* @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
|
|
* @txq: pointer obtained from station or virtual interface
|
|
* @force: schedule txq even if mac80211 does not have any buffered packets.
|
|
*
|
|
* The driver may set force=true if it has buffered packets for this TXQ
|
|
* internally.
|
|
*/
|
|
static inline void
|
|
ieee80211_return_txq(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_txq *txq,
|
|
bool force)
|
|
{
|
|
__ieee80211_schedule_txq(hw, txq, force);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* ieee80211_txq_may_transmit - check whether TXQ is allowed to transmit
|
|
*
|
|
* This function is used to check whether given txq is allowed to transmit by
|
|
* the airtime scheduler, and can be used by drivers to access the airtime
|
|
* fairness accounting without going using the scheduling order enfored by
|
|
* next_txq().
|
|
*
|
|
* Returns %true if the airtime scheduler thinks the TXQ should be allowed to
|
|
* transmit, and %false if it should be throttled. This function can also have
|
|
* the side effect of rotating the TXQ in the scheduler rotation, which will
|
|
* eventually bring the deficit to positive and allow the station to transmit
|
|
* again.
|
|
*
|
|
* The API ieee80211_txq_may_transmit() also ensures that TXQ list will be
|
|
* aligned aginst driver's own round-robin scheduler list. i.e it rotates
|
|
* the TXQ list till it makes the requested node becomes the first entry
|
|
* in TXQ list. Thus both the TXQ list and driver's list are in sync. If this
|
|
* function returns %true, the driver is expected to schedule packets
|
|
* for transmission, and then return the TXQ through ieee80211_return_txq().
|
|
*
|
|
* @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
|
|
* @txq: pointer obtained from station or virtual interface
|
|
*/
|
|
bool ieee80211_txq_may_transmit(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
|
|
struct ieee80211_txq *txq);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* ieee80211_txq_get_depth - get pending frame/byte count of given txq
|
|
*
|
|
* The values are not guaranteed to be coherent with regard to each other, i.e.
|
|
* txq state can change half-way of this function and the caller may end up
|
|
* with "new" frame_cnt and "old" byte_cnt or vice-versa.
|
|
*
|
|
* @txq: pointer obtained from station or virtual interface
|
|
* @frame_cnt: pointer to store frame count
|
|
* @byte_cnt: pointer to store byte count
|
|
*/
|
|
void ieee80211_txq_get_depth(struct ieee80211_txq *txq,
|
|
unsigned long *frame_cnt,
|
|
unsigned long *byte_cnt);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* ieee80211_nan_func_terminated - notify about NAN function termination.
|
|
*
|
|
* This function is used to notify mac80211 about NAN function termination.
|
|
* Note that this function can't be called from hard irq.
|
|
*
|
|
* @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
|
|
* @inst_id: the local instance id
|
|
* @reason: termination reason (one of the NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_*)
|
|
* @gfp: allocation flags
|
|
*/
|
|
void ieee80211_nan_func_terminated(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
|
|
u8 inst_id,
|
|
enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason reason,
|
|
gfp_t gfp);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* ieee80211_nan_func_match - notify about NAN function match event.
|
|
*
|
|
* This function is used to notify mac80211 about NAN function match. The
|
|
* cookie inside the match struct will be assigned by mac80211.
|
|
* Note that this function can't be called from hard irq.
|
|
*
|
|
* @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
|
|
* @match: match event information
|
|
* @gfp: allocation flags
|
|
*/
|
|
void ieee80211_nan_func_match(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
|
|
struct cfg80211_nan_match_params *match,
|
|
gfp_t gfp);
|
|
|
|
#endif /* MAC80211_H */
|